SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Uncategorized

3RW4027-1BB15 - Uncategorized SIEMENS - Free user manual and instructions

Find the device manual for free 3RW4027-1BB15 SIEMENS in PDF.

📄 212 pages English EN Download 💬 AI Question 10 questions ⚙️ Specs
Notice SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - page 11
Pick your language and provide your email: we'll send you a specifically translated version.
Product Type Soft Starter
Series SIRIUS 3RW40
Rated Operational Voltage 200-600 V AC
Rated Control Supply Voltage 24 V AC/DC
Rated Operational Current (Ie) at 40 °C 27 A
Motor Power at 400 V 18.5 kW
Starting Method Voltage ramp with current limiting
Stop Modes Soft stop and natural stop
Protection Features Motor overload protection, intrinsic device protection, optional thermistor motor protection
Dimensions (W x H x D) 45 mm x 100 mm x 130 mm
Weight (approx.) 0.5 kg
Operating Temperature -25 °C to +60 °C
Mounting Panel mounting, side-by-side assembly possible
Terminal Type Screw terminals
Standards IEC/EN 60947-4-2
Communication None
Accessories Optional fan, link modules, terminal covers
Maintenance Periodic inspection of connections and cooling
Safety Follow five safety rules: isolate, secure, verify, ground, cover
Spare Parts Fan, terminal covers, sealing covers

Frequently Asked Questions - 3RW4027-1BB15 SIEMENS

How do I set the starting voltage on the 3RW40?
Use the 'U start' potentiometer on the device. Turn it clockwise to increase the starting voltage (40-100% of mains voltage). A higher setting provides more starting torque. Refer to the manual for optimal adjustment.
What is current limiting and how do I adjust it?
Current limiting restricts the maximum starting current. Adjust the 'I limit' potentiometer. The set value corresponds to a multiple of the rated motor current (up to 5x). This function is always active on the 3RW40.
How can I reset a fault after a motor overload?
Press the RESET/TEST button for manual reset. Alternatively, set the RESET MODE to AUTO (automatic reset after 60 s) or REMOTE (disconnect control voltage for >1.5 s). The mode is selected via the RESET MODE button.
What does the BYPASSED LED indicate?
The yellow BYPASSED LED lights up when the motor has reached full speed and the internal bypass contacts have closed. This means the thyristors are bridged, reducing heat dissipation.
Can I use the 3RW40 with a Dahlander (multi-speed) motor?
Yes, but soft stop is not possible. Set the ramp-down time to 0 s. The wiring diagrams in the manual (Chapter 15.11) show proper connections for low and high speed with additional contactors.
How do I perform an emergency start?
Use a selector switch to bypass the soft starter and connect a direct starter contactor in parallel. The manual provides circuit diagrams (Chapter 15.10) for both 3RW30 and 3RW40, ensuring safe operation.
How do I adjust the soft stop ramp-down time?
Turn the 'Ramp-down time' potentiometer (t ramp-down) to set the deceleration time from 0 to 20 seconds. This reduces water hammer in pumps and prevents load tilting on conveyors.
What are the motor protection settings?
Set the rated motor current (Ie) via the 'Ie' potentiometer and select the trip class (CLASS 10, 15, 20, or OFF) using the 'CLASS' potentiometer. The 3RW40 also supports optional thermistor motor protection (PTC or Klixon).
What are the dimensions of the 3RW4027-1BB15?
The device is size S0 with approximate dimensions: width 45 mm, height 100 mm, depth 130 mm. For exact mounting dimensions, refer to the dimension drawing in Chapter 14 of the manual.
How do I install the soft starter with proper clearance?
Maintain minimum clearances: at least 50 mm above and below for airflow, and 10 mm on sides. For side-by-side mounting without gaps, use the derating factors provided in Chapter 11 of the manual to avoid overheating.

User questions about 3RW4027-1BB15 SIEMENS

0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.

Ask a new question about this device

The email remains private: it is only used to notify you if someone responds to your question.

No questions yet. Be the first to ask one.

Download the instructions for your Uncategorized in PDF format for free! Find your manual 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIEMENS and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. 3RW4027-1BB15 by SIEMENS.

USER MANUAL 3RW4027-1BB15 SIEMENS

natural_image Four industrial electrical contactors with visible terminal labels and control buttons (no readable text or symbols)

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 1

natural_image Collection of industrial electrical contactors with no visible text or symbols on their surfaces

Industrial Controls

Answers for industry.

SIEMENS

SIEMENS

Industrial Controls

Soft starters SIRIUS 3RW30 / 3RW40

Manual

Introduction1
Safety information2
Product description3
Product combinations4
Functions5
Application planning6
Installation7
Installation / mounting8
Connecting9
Operation10
Configuration11
Commissioning12
Technical data13
Dimension drawings14
Typical circuit diagrams15
Accessories16
AppendixA

Warning notice system

This manual contains notices you have to observe in order to ensure your personal safety, as well as to prevent damage to property. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert symbol, notices referring only to property damage have no safety alert symbol. These notices shown below are graded according to the degree of danger.

⚠️ DANGER
indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are not taken.
⚠️ WARNING
indicates that death or severe personal injury may result if proper precautions are not taken.
⚠️ CAUTION
with a safety alert symbol, indicates that minor personal injury can result if proper precautions are not taken.
CAUTION
without a safety alert symbol, indicates that property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken.
NOTICE
indicates that an unintended result or situation can occur if the corresponding information is not taken into account.
If more than one degree of danger is present, the warning notice representing the highest degree of danger will be used. A notice warning of injury to persons with a safety alert symbol may also include a warning relating to property damage.

Qualified Personnel

The product/system described in this documentation may be operated only by personnel qualified for the specific task in accordance with the relevant documentation for the specific task, in particular its warning notices and safety instructions. Qualified personnel are those who, based on their training and experience, are capable of identifying risks and avoiding potential hazards when working with these products/systems.

Proper use of Siemens products

Note the following:

WARNING
Siemens products may only be used for the applications described in the catalog and in the relevant technical documentation. If products and components from other manufacturers are used, these must be recommended or approved by Siemens. Proper transport, storage, installation, assembly, commissioning, operation and maintenance are required to ensure that the products operate safely and without any problems. The permissible ambient conditions must be adhered to. The information in the relevant documentation must be observed.

Trademarks

All names identified by ® are registered trademarks of the Siemens AG. The remaining trademarks in this publication may be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owner.

Disclaimer of Liability

We have reviewed the contents of this publication to ensure consistency with the hardware and software described. Since variance cannot be precluded entirely, we cannot guarantee full consistency. However, the information in this publication is reviewed regularly and any necessary corrections are included in subsequent editions.

Table of contents

1 Introduction 11

1.1 Important notes.... 11

2 Safety information 13

2.1 Before commencing work: Isolating the equipment from the supply system and ensuring that it cannot be reconnected.... 13

2.2 Five safety rules for work in or on electrical systems 13

3 Product description 15

3.1 Fields of application.... 15

3.2 Basic physical principles of a three-phase induction motor 15

3.2.1 Three-phase induction motor 15

3.3 Functional principle of the SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 soft starters.... 17

3.3.1 Method of operation of a two-phase controlled soft starter 20

3.3.2 Starting current asymmetry 21

3.3.3 Applications and use 22

3.4 Comparison of device functions 24

4 Product combinations 25

4.1 SIRIUS modular system 25

5 Functions 27

5.1 Start modes 27

5.1.1 Voltage ramp 27

5.1.2 Current limiting and ramp-up detection (3RW40 only) 29

5.2 Stop modes 30

5.2.1 Stop without load (3RW30 and 3RW40) 31

5.2.2 Soft stop (3RW40 only) 31

5.3 Motor protection / intrinsic device protection (3RW40 only) 32

5.3.1 Motor protection function 32

5.3.2 Intrinsic device protection (3RW40 only) 35

5.4 Functions of the RESET buttons 36

5.4.1 SIRIUS 3RW40 2, 3RW40 3, and 3RW40 4 soft starters .... 36

5.4.2 SIRIUS 3RW40 5 and 3RW40 7 soft starters 38

5.4.3 Other functions of the RESET button 39

5.5 Functions of the inputs 40

5.5.1 Start input (terminal 1) on 3RW30 and 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4 40

5.5.2 Start input (terminal 3) on 3RW40 5 and 3RW40 7 40

5.5.3 Thermistor input / connection on 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4 41

5.6 Functions of the outputs 41

5.6.1 3RW30: Output terminal 13 / 14 ON 41

5.6.2 3RW40: Output terminals 13 / 14 ON / RUN and 23 / 24 BYPASSED 42

5.6.3 3RW40: Group fault output at terminal 95 / 96 / 98 OVERLOAD / FAILURE 43
5.7 Diagnostics and fault signals 44
5.7.1 3RW30: LEDs and troubleshooting .... 44
5.7.2 3RW40: LEDs and troubleshooting .... 46

6 Application planning 51

6.1 Application examples.... 51
6.1.1 Roller conveyor application 51
6.1.2 Hydraulic pump application 52

7 Installation 53

7.1 Installing the soft starter.... 53
7.1.1 Unpacking 53
7.1.2 Permissible mounting position 53
7.1.3 Mounting dimensions, clearances, and assembly type 54
7.1.4 Assembly type: Standalone assembly, side-by-side assembly, direct mounting 55
7.1.5 Installation requirements 56

8 Installation / mounting 57

8.1 General information 57
8.2 Five safety rules for work in or on electrical systems 58
8.3 General feeder assembly (type of coordination 1).... 59
8.4 Soft starter with line contactor (type of coordination 1)....60
8.5 Soft starter assembly with type of coordination 2....61
8.6 Capacitors to improve the power factor 62
8.7 Maximum cable length.... 63

9 Connecting 65

9.1 Electrical connection.... 65
9.1.1 Control and auxiliary terminals 65
9.1.2 Main circuit connection 65

10 Operation 69

10.1 Operator controls, displays, and connections on the 3RW30....69
10.2 Operator controls, displays, and connections on the 3RW40....70

11 Configuration 73

11.1 Configuration in general.... 73
11.1.1 Configuration procedure 73
11.1.2 Selecting the optimum soft starter 74
11.2 Startup class 76
11.2.1 Application examples for normal starting (CLASS 10) with 3RW30 and 3RW40 ....77
11.2.2 Application examples for heavy-duty starting (CLASS 20): 3RW40 only 78
11.3 ON time and switching frequency.... 79
11.4 Reducing the rated data 80
11.5 Installation altitude and ambient temperature.... 80

11.6 Calculating the permissible switching frequency 81

11.6.1 Table of permissible assembly combinations with switching frequency factors 81

11.6.2 Calculating the switching frequency (example) 84

11.7 Configuration aids.... 86

11.7.1 Online configurator 86

11.7.2 Win-Soft Starter selection and simulation software 86

11.7.3 Technical Assistance 86

11.7.4 SIRIUS soft starter training course (SD-SIRIUSO) 87

11.8 Order number system for the 3RW30.... 88

11.9 Order number system for the 3RW40....89

12 Commissioning 91

12.1 Before commencing work: Isolating the equipment from the supply system and ensuring that it cannot be reconnected.... 91

12.2 Commissioning the 3RW30 92

12.2.1 Commissioning procedure 92

12.2.2 Quick commissioning of the 3RW30 and optimization of the parameters 93

12.2.3 Setting the soft start function 94

12.2.4 Setting the starting voltage 95

12.2.5 Setting the ramp time 95

12.2.6 ON output 96

12.3 3RW30: LEDs and troubleshooting 97

12.4 Commissioning the 3RW40....98

12.4.1 Commissioning procedure 99

12.4.2 Quick commissioning of the 3RW40 and optimization of the parameters 100

12.4.3 Setting the soft start function 101

12.4.4 Setting the starting voltage 102

12.4.5 Setting the ramp time 102

12.4.6 Current limiting in conjunction with a starting voltage ramp and ramp-up detection 103

12.4.7 Setting the motor current 103

12.4.8 Setting the current limiting value 104

12.4.9 Ramp-up detection 104

12.5 Setting the soft stop function 105

12.5.1 Setting the ramp-down time 105

12.6 Setting the motor protection function.... 105

12.6.1 Setting the electronic motor overload protection 106

12.6.2 Motor current settings 107

12.6.3 Motor protection acc. to ATEX 107

12.7 Thermistor motor protection 108

12.8 Motor protection trip test.... 108

12.9 Functions of the outputs 109

12.9.1 Functions of the BYPASSED and ON / RUN outputs 109

12.9.2 Parameterizing the 3RW40 outputs 110

12.9.3 Function of the FAILURE / OVERLOAD output 112

12.10 RESET MODE and functions of the RESET / TEST button 113

12.10.1 SIRIUS 3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4. soft starters 113

12.10.2 SIRIUS 3RW40 5. to 3RW40 7. soft starters 115

12.11 3RW40: LEDs and troubleshooting 117

13 Technical data 121

13.1 3RW30.... 121

13.1.1 Overview 121

13.1.2 Selection and ordering data for standard applications and normal starting 122

13.1.3 3RW30.-BB.. control electronics 123

13.1.4 3RW30..-BB.. control times and parameters 123

13.1.5 3RW30.-BB.. power electronics 124

13.1.6 3RW30 13, 14, 16, 17, 18-.BB.. power electronics 124

13.1.7 3RW30 26, 27, 28-.BB.. power electronics 125

13.1.8 3RW30 36, 37, 38, 46, 47-.BB.. power electronics 125

13.1.9 3RW30 main conductor cross-sections 126

13.1.10 3RW30 auxiliary conductor cross-sections 127

13.1.11 Electromagnetic compatibility according to EN 60947-4-2 127

13.1.12 Recommended filters 128

13.1.13 Types of coordination 128

13.1.14 Fuseless version 129

13.1.15 Fused version (line protection only) 130

13.1.16 Fused version with SITOR 3NE1 fuses 131

13.1.17 Fused version with SITOR 3NE3/4/8 fuses 132

13.2 3RW40.... 134

13.2.1 Overview 134

13.2.2 Selection and ordering data for standard applications and normal starting (CLASS 10) ..... 135

13.2.3 Selection and ordering data for standard applications and normal starting (CLASS 10) (with thermistor motor protection evaluation) 137

13.2.4 Selection and ordering data for standard applications and normal starting (CLASS 10) ..... 139

13.2.5 Selection and ordering data for standard applications and heavy-duty starting (CLASS 20) .. 141

13.2.6 Selection and ordering data for standard applications and heavy-duty starting (CLASS 20) .. 143

13.2.7 3RW40 2., 3., 4. control electronics 145

13.2.8 3RW40 5., 7. control electronics 145

13.2.9 3RW40 2., 3., 4. control electronics 146

13.2.10 3RW40 5., 7. control electronics 146

13.2.11 3RW40 protection functions 147

13.2.12 3RW40 control times and parameters 147

13.2.13 3RW40 2. to 7. power electronics 148

13.2.14 3RW40 24, 26, 27, 28 power electronics 149

13.2.15 3RW40 36, 37, 38, 46, 47 power electronics 150

13.2.16 3RW40 55, 56, 73, 74, 75, 76 power electronics 151

13.2.17 3RW40 2., 3., 4. main conductor cross-sections 152

13.2.18 3RW40 5., 7. main conductor cross-sections 153

13.2.19 3RW40 .. auxiliary conductor cross-sections 154

13.2.20 Electromagnetic compatibility according to EN 60947-4-2 154

13.2.21 Recommended filters 155

13.2.22 Types of coordination 155

13.2.23 Fuseless version 156

13.2.24 Fused version (line protection only) 157

13.2.25 Fused version with SITOR 3NE1 fuses 158

13.2.26 Fused version with SITOR 3NE3/4/8 fuses 159

13.2.27 Motor protection tripping characteristics for 3RW40 (with symmetry) 161

13.2.28 Motor protection tripping characteristics for 3RW40 (with asymmetry) 161

13.3 Win-Soft Starter selection and simulation software 162

14 Dimension drawings 163

14.1 3RW30 for standard applications 163

14.2 3RW40 for standard applications 164

15 Typical circuit diagrams 167

15.1 Typical circuit for the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation.... 167

15.2 Control by pushbutton 168

15.2.1 Control of the 3RW30 by pushbutton 168

15.2.2 Control of the 3RW40 by pushbutton 169

15.3 Control by switch 170

15.3.1 Control of the 3RW30 by switch 170

15.3.2 Control of the 3RW40 by switch 171

15.4 Control in automatic mode.... 172

15.4.1 Control of the 3RW30 in automatic mode 172

15.4.2 Control of the 3RW40 in automatic mode 173

15.5 Control by PLC 175

15.5.1 Control of the 3RW30 with 24 V DC by PLC 175

15.5.2 Control of the 3RW40 by PLC 176

15.6 Control with an optional main / line contactor 177

15.6.1 Control of the 3RW30 with a main contactor 177

15.6.2 Control of the 3RW40 with a main contactor 178

15.7 Reversing circuit.... 180

15.7.1 3RW30 reversing circuit 180

15.7.2 3RW40 reversing circuit 181

15.8 Control of a magnetic parking brake.... 183

15.8.1 3RW30 motor with magnetic parking brake 183

15.8.2 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4, control of a motor with a magnetic parking brake 184

15.8.3 3RW40 5 to 3RW40 7, control of a motor with a magnetic parking brake 185

15.9 Emergency stop.... 186

15.9.1 3RW30 emergency stop and 3TK2823 safety relay 186

15.9.2 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4 emergency stop and 3TK2823 safety relay 187

15.9.3 3RW40 5 to 3RW40 7 emergency stop and 3TK2823 safety relay 189

15.10 3RW and contactor for emergency starting.... 191

15.10.1 3RW30 and contactor for emergency starting 191

15.10.2 3RW40 and contactor for emergency starting 192

15.11 Dahlander / multispeed motor 194

15.11.1 3RW30 and Dahlander motor starting 194

15.11.2 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4 and Dahlander motor starting 195

15.11.3 3RW40 5 to 3RW40 7 and Dahlander motor starting 197

16 Accessories 199

16.1 Box terminal blocks for soft starters 199

16.2 Auxiliary conductor terminals.... 199

16.3 Covers for soft starters 199
16.4 Modules for RESET 200
16.5 Link modules to 3RV10 motor starter protectors 201
16.6 Link modules to 3RV20 motor starter protectors 201
16.7 Optional fan to increase the switching frequency (3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4.).... 202
16.8 Spare parts for fans (3RW40 5., 3RW40 7.).... 202
16.9 Operating instructions.... 202

A Appendix 203

A.1 Configuration data 203
A.2 Table of parameters used.... 205
A.3 Correction sheet 206

Introduction

1.1 Important notes

Purpose of the manual

This manual contains fundamental information and practical tips for using SIRIUS soft starters. The SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 soft starters are electronic motor control devices that facilitate optimal starting and stopping three-phase induction motors. The manual describes all of the functions of the SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 soft starters.

Target group

This manual is intended for any user involved in

  • Commissioning
    • Servicing and maintaining
  • Planning and configuring systems

Basic knowledge required

A general knowledge of the field of electrical engineering is required to understand this manual.

Scope of validity

The manual is valid for the SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 soft starters. It describes the components that are valid at the time of publication. SIEMENS reserves the right to include a Product Information for each new component, and for each component of a later version.

Standards and approvals

The SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 soft starters are based on the IEC/EN 60947-4-2 standard.

Disclaimer of liability

It is the responsibility of the manufacturer to ensure that a system or machine is functioning properly as a whole. SIEMENS AG, its regional offices, and associated companies (hereinafter referred to as "SIEMENS") cannot guarantee all the properties of a whole plant system or machine that has not been designed by SIEMENS.

Similarly, SIEMENS can assume no liability for recommendations that appear or are implied in the following description. No new guarantee, warranty, or liability claims beyond the scope of the SIEMENS general terms of supply are to be derived or inferred from the following description.

1.1 Important notes

Orientation aids

The manual contains various features supporting quick access to specific information:

  • At the beginning of the manual you will find a table of contents.
  • A comprehensive index at the end of the manual allows quick access to information on specific subjects.

Continuously updated information

Your regional contact for low-voltage switchgear with communications capability will be happy to help you with any queries you have regarding the soft starters. A list of contacts and the latest version of the manual are available on the Internet at (www.siemens.com/softstarte):

For all technical queries, please contact:

Technical Assistance:Phone: +49 (0) 911-895-5900 (8°° - 17°° CET) Fax: +49 (0) 911-895-5907e-mail: (mailto:technical-assistance@siemens.com)Internet: (www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/technical-assistance)

Correction sheet

A correction sheet is included at the end of the manual. Please use it to record your suggestions for improvements, additions, and corrections, and return the sheet to us. This will help us to improve the next edition of the manual.

2.1 Before commencing work: Isolating the equipment from the supply system and ensuring that it cannot be reconnected.

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Before commencing work: Isolating the equipment from the supply system and ensuring that it cannot be reconnected. - 1

DANGER

Hazardous voltage Will cause death or serious injury.

  • Disconnect the system and all devices from the power supply before starting work.
  • Secure against switching on again.
  • Verify that the equipment is not live.
    • Ground and short-circuit.
  • Erect barriers around or cover adjacent live parts.

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Hazardous voltage Will cause death or serious injury. - 1

DANGER

Hazardous voltage Will cause death or serious injury.

Qualified Personnel.

The equipment / system may only be commissioned and operated by qualified personnel. For the purpose of the safety information in these Operating Instructions, a "qualified person" is someone who is authorized to energize, ground, and tag equipment, systems, and circuits in accordance with established safety procedures.

2.2 Five safety rules for work in or on electrical systems

A set of rules, which are summarized in DIN VDE 0105 as the "five safety rules", are defined for work in or on electrical systems as a preventative measure against electrical accidents:

  1. Isolate
  2. Secure against switching on again
  3. Verify that the equipment is not live
  4. Ground and short-circuit
  5. Erect barriers around or cover adjacent live parts

These five safety rules must be applied in the above order prior to starting work on an electrical system. After completing the work, proceed in the reverse order.

It is assumed that every electrician is familiar with these rules.

2.2 Five safety rules for work in or on electrical systems

Explanations

  1. The isolating distances between live and deenergized parts of the system must vary according to the operating voltage that is applied.
    "Isolate" refers to the all-pole disconnection of live parts.
    All-pole disconnection can be achieved, e.g. by.:
  2. Switching off the miniature circuit breaker
  3. Switching off the motor circuit breaker
  4. Unscrewing fusible links
  5. Removing LV HRC fuses

  6. The feeder must be secured against inadvertent restarting to ensure that it remains isolated for the duration of the work. This can be achieved, for instance, by securing the motor and miniature circuit breakers with lockable blocking elements in the disconnected state, either using a lock or by unscrewing the fuses.

  7. The deenergized state of the equipment should be verified using suitable test equipment, e.g. a two-pole voltmeter. Single-pole test pins are not suitable for this purpose. The absence of power must be established for all poles, phase to phase, and phase to N/PE.

  8. Grounding and short-circuiting are only mandatory if the system has a nominal voltage greater than 1 kV. In this case, the system should always be grounded first and then connected to the live parts to be short-circuited.

  9. These parts should be covered, or barriers erected around them, to avoid accidental contact during the work with adjacent parts that are still live.

Product description

3.1 Fields of application

Soft starters are used to start three-phase induction motors with reduced torque and reduced starting current.

SIRIUS soft starter family

The SIEMENS SIRIUS soft starter family comprises three different versions with different functionalities and prices.

3RW30 and 3RW40

Simple or standard applications are covered by the SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 soft starters and are described in this manual.

3RW44

The SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starter is used if higher functionality is specified, e.g. communication over PROFIBUS or the availability of measuring and monitoring values, as well as for ultra-heavy-duty starting. The SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starter is described in a separate system manual.

Download from 3RW44 manual (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/

llisapi.dll?func=cslib.csinfo&lang=de&objid=21(72518&caller=view).

3.2 Basic physical principles of a three-phase induction motor

SIRIUS soft starters are used to reduce the current and torque of a three-phase induction motor during the startup process.

3.2.1 Three-phase induction motor

Fields of application

Three-phase induction motors are used in a wide range of applications in commerce, industry, and trade owing to their simple, robust design and their minimal maintenance.

Problem

If a three-phase induction motor is started directly, its typical current and torque characteristics can cause disturbances in the supply system and the load machine.

3.2 Basic physical principles of a three-phase induction motor

Starting current

Three-phase induction motors have a high direct starting current I_starting . Depending on the motor type, this current can be between three and fifteen times as high as the rated operational current. Seven or eight times the motor's rated current can be assumed as a typical value.

Disadvantage

This results in the following disadvantage:

- Higher load on the electrical supply system. The supply system must therefore be dimensioned for this higher power during the motor startup.

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Disadvantage - 1

line | Motor speed n | I_Direct on-line starting | | ------------- | ------------------------- | | 0 | I_Direct on-line starting | | n_Nom | I_Nom | | Motor speed n | I_Nom |

Figure 3-1 Typical starting current characteristic of a three-phase induction motor

Starting torque

The starting torque and the breakdown torque can usually be assumed to be between two and four times the rated torque. From the point of view of the load machine, this means that the starting and acceleration forces exert a higher mechanical load on the machine and the product being conveyed compared to nominal operation.

Disadvantages

This results in the following disadvantages

  • A higher load is placed on the machine's mechanical components
  • The costs for replacing worn parts and maintaining the application are higher

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Disadvantages - 1

line | Motor speed n | Motor torque M | Motor acceleration M_Acceleration | | ------------- | -------------- | --------------------------------- | | 0 | High | Low | | N | Medium | Medium | | N | Low | High |

Figure 3-2 Typical starting torque characteristic of a three-phase induction motor

Remedy

The SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 electronic soft starters allow the current and torque characteristics during starting to be optimally adapted to the requirements of each application.

3.3 Functional principle of the SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 soft starters

The SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 soft starters have two antiparallel thyristors in two out of the three phases. One thyristor for the positive half-wave and one for the negative half-wave is provided in each phase (refer to Fig. "Phase angle control and schematic diagram of a two-phase controlled soft starter with integral bypass contacts"). The current in the third, uncontrolled phase is the sum of the currents in the controlled phases.

The rms value of the motor voltage is increased (from a settable starting voltage) to the rated motor voltage within a definable ramp-up time by means of the phase angle control.

The motor current changes in proportion to the voltage applied to the motor. As a result, the starting current is reduced by the factor of this voltage.

There is a quadratic relationship between the torque and the voltage applied to the motor. As a result, the starting torque is reduced quadratically in relation to this voltage.

3.3 Functional principle of the SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 soft starters

Example

SIEMENS 1LG4253AA motor (55 kW)

Rated data at 400 V

P_e : 55 kW

I_e : 100 A

I_direct starting : Approx. 700 A

M_e :

355 Nm ; e.g.: M_e = 9.55 × 55 kW × 10001480 min^2

n_e : 1480 rpm

M_direct starting : Approx. 700 Nm

Set starting voltage: 50 % ( 12 of mains voltage)

=> I_starting 12 of direct starting current (approx. 350 A)

=> M_starting 14 of direct starting torque (approx. 175 Nm)

The diagrams below show the starting current and torque characteristics for a three-phase induction motor in combination with a soft starter:

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Example - 1

line | Motor speed n | Direct on-line starting | Soft starter | | ------------- | ------------------------ | ------------ | | 0 | High | Low | | N | Low | Peak | | Nom | 0 | 0 |

Figure 3-3 Reduced current characteristic of a three-phase induction motor during starting with a SIRIUS 3RW30 or 3RW40 soft starter

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Example - 2
Figure 3-4 Reduced torque characteristic of a three-phase induction motor during starting with a SIRIUS 3RW30 or 3RW40 soft starter

Soft start /soft stop

This means that, since the motor voltage is controlled by the electronic soft starter during the startup process, the consumed starting current and the starting torque generated in the motor are also controlled.

The same principle is applied during the stop process. This ensures that the torque generated in the motor is gradually reduced, so that the application can stop smoothly (the soft stop function is only supported by the 3RW40).

The frequency remains constant during this process and corresponds to the mains frequency, in contrast to frequency controlled starting and stopping of a frequency converter.

Bypass mode

Once the motor has been started up correctly, the thyristors are subject to fully advanced control, meaning that the whole mains voltage is applied to the motor terminals. As the motor voltage does not have to be controlled during operation, the thyristors are bridged by integral bypass contacts that are rated for AC1 current. This minimizes the waste heat generated during uninterrupted duty (which is caused by the thyristor's power loss), and minimizes heating up of the switching device's environment.

The bypass contacts are protected by an integrated, electronic arc quenching system during operation. If they are opened in the event of a fault, e.g. if the control voltage is temporarily interrupted, mechanical vibrations occur, or the coil operating mechanism or the main contact spring has reached the end of its service life and is defective, the equipment is not damaged.

The diagram below shows the method of operation of the SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 soft starters:

3.3 Functional principle of the SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 soft starters

U_{L1-L3} α α α φ L1 L2 L3 U_{L1-L3} G1 M 3~

Figure 3-5 Phase angle control and schematic diagram of a two-phase controlled soft starter with integral bypass contacts

3.3.1 Method of operation of a two-phase controlled soft starter

A special method of operation is used for the SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 two-phase controlled soft starters based on SIEMENS' patented "polarity balancing" control principle.

Two-phase control

The SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 soft starters are two-phase controlled soft starters, in other words they are designed with two antiparallel thyristors in each of phases L1 and L3. Phase 2 is an uncontrolled phase, which is merely guided through the starter by a copper connection.

In a two-phase controlled soft starter, the current that results from the superimposition of the two controlled phases flows in the uncontrolled phase. The main advantages of two-phase control include the more compact size compared to a three-phase version and the lower hardware costs.

The occurrence of DC components, caused by the phase angle and the overlapping phase currents, is a negative physical effect of two-phase control during the startup process that can mean a louder noise is produced by the motor. The "polarity balancing" control principle was developed and patented by SIEMENS to prevent these DC components during starting.

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Two-phase control - 1

line | Time (s) | I(A) | | -------- | ---- | | 0 | 0 | | 1 | 20 | | 2 | 30 | | 3 | 45 | | 4 | 40 | | 5 | 45 | | 6 | 50 | | 7 | 55 | | 8 | 58 | | 9 | 55 | | 10 | 0 |

Figure 3-6 Current characteristic and occurrence of DC components in the three phases without "polarity balancing"

Polarity balancing

"Polarity balancing" effectively eliminates these DC components during the ramp-up phase. It allows the motor to be started up with a constant speed, torque, and current rise.

The acoustic quality of the startup process comes very close to that of a three-phase controlled startup. This is made possible by the continuous dynamic alignment and balancing of current half-waves with different polarities during the motor startup.

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Polarity balancing - 1
Figure 3-7 Current characteristic in the three phases without DC components thanks to "polarity balancing"

3.3.2 Starting current asymmetry

With two-phase control the starting current is asymmetrical for physical reasons, because the current in the uncontrolled phase is the sum of the currents in the two controlled phases.

This asymmetry can be as much as 30 to 40% during starting (ratio of minimum current to maximum current in all three phases).

Even though this cannot be influenced, it is not critical in most applications. It could cause an insufficiently rated fuse to trip in the uncontrolled phase, for instance. For recommended fuse ratings, refer to the tables in chapter Technical data [Page 121].

I(A) I(A) I(A)
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Starting current asymmetry - 1

line | x | y | |----|----| | 0 | 0 | | 1 | 20 | | 2 | 28 | | 3 | 34 | | 4 | 38 | | 5 | 44 | | 6 | 48 | | 7 | 52 | | 8 | 55 | | 9 | 58 | | 10 | 0 |

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Starting current asymmetry - 2

line | x | y | |----|----| | 0 | 5 | | 1 | 15 | | 2 | 20 | | 3 | 25 | | 4 | 30 | | 5 | 35 | | 6 | 40 | | 7 | 45 | | 8 | 50 | | 9 | 55 | | 10 | 50 |

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Starting current asymmetry - 3

line | t(s)t(s)t(s) | Value | | ------------ | ----- | | 0 | 10 | | 2 | 18 | | 4 | 22 | | 6 | 30 | | 8 | 40 | | 9 | 48 | | 10 | 0 |

Figure 3-8 Starting current asymmetry

3.3 Functional principle of the SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 soft starters

Note

If wye-delta starters are exchanged for soft starters in an existing system, you should check the fuse ratings in the feeder in order to avoid false tripping. This is particularly important in connection with heavy-duty starting or if the fuse that is installed has already been operated close to the thermal tripping limit with the wye-delta assembly.

All elements of the main circuit (such as fuses, motor starter protectors, and switching devices) must be dimensioned for direct starting and according to the on-site short-circuit conditions, and ordered separately.

For recommended fuse and motor starter protector ratings for the feeder with soft starter, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

3.3.3 Applications and use

Applications and selection criteria

The SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 soft starters represent a good alternative to direct or wye-delta starters.

The most important advantages are:

  • Soft start
  • Soft stop (3RW40 only)
  • Uninterrupted switching without current peaks that place a heavy load on the system
  • Simple installation and commissioning
  • Compact, space-saving design

Applications

The typical applications include:

  • Conveyor belts
  • Roller conveyors
  • Compressors
  • F a n s
  • P u m p s
  • Hydraulic pumps
    • Agitators
    • Circular saws / band saws

Advantages

Conveyor belts and transport systems:

  • Smooth starting
  • Smooth stopping
    Rotary pumps and piston pumps:
  • No pressure surges
  • Increased service life of the pipe system
    Agitators and mixers:
  • Reduced starting current
    Fans:
    • Protection for the gearbox and V belt

3.4 Comparison of device functions

3.4 Comparison of device functions

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Comparison of device functions - 1SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Comparison of device functions - 2SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Comparison of device functions - 3SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Comparison of device functions - 4
SIRIUS 3RW30Standard applicationsSIRIUS 3RW40Standard applicationsSIRIUS 3RW44High Feature applications
Rated current at 40 °C / 50 °CA3...106/3...9812.5...432/11...38529 ... 1214/26 ... 1076
Rated operational voltageV200...480200...600200...690
Motor rating at 400 V / 460 V•Standard connection•Inside-delta circuitkW/hp1.5...55/1.5...755.5...250/7.5...30015...710/15...950
kW/hp--22...1200/30...1700
Ambient temperature°C-25...+60-25...+600...+60
Soft start/soft stop√1)
Voltage ramp
Starting/stopping voltage%40...10040...10020...100
Ramp-up and ramp-down times0...200...201...360
Torque control--
Starting/stopping torque%--20...100
Torque limiting%--20...200
Ramp times--1...360
Integrated jumper contact system
Intrinsic device protection-
Motor overload protection-√7)
Thermistor motor protection-√2)
Integrated remote RESET-√3)
Settable current limiting-
Inside-delta circuit--
Breakaway torque--
Creep speed in both directions of rotation--
Pump stop--4)
DC braking--4)5)
Combined braking--4)5)
Motor heating--
Communication--With PROFIBUS DP (option)
External display and operator control module--(option)
Status measured value display--
Error log--
Events list--
Min/max pointer function--
Trace function--6)
Programmable control inputs and outputs--
Number of parameter sets311
Parameterizing software (SoftStarterES)--
Power semiconductors (thyristors)2 controlled phases2 controlled phases3 controlled phases
Screw terminals
Spring-loaded terminals
UL/CSA
CE mark
Soft starting under heavy-duty starting--4)

Support for configuration
√ Function available; – function not available.
1) For 3RW30 only soft start.
2) Optional up to size S3 (device variants).

Win-Soft Starter, electronic selection slider, Technical Assistance ++49 9118955900

3) For 3RW402. to 3RW404.; for

3RW405. and 3RW407. optional.

4) If necessary, overdimension soft starter and motor.

5) Not possible in inside-delta circuit.

6) Trace function with SoftStarterES software.

7) Acc. to ATEX

4.1 SIRIUS modular system

Switching, protecting, and starting motors

In order to simplify the assembly of load feeders, the SIRIUS modular system offers standard components that are optimally harmonized and are easy to combine. Just 7 sizes cover the entire performance range up to 250 kW / 300 hp. The individual switching devices can be assembled to form complete load feeders, either using link modules or by mounting directly.

For a selection of matching device combinations, e.g. soft starters and motor starter protectors, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

For further information on individual products, refer to System manual (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/lisapi.dll?aktprim=0&lang=en&referer=%2fWW%2f&func=cslib.csinfo&siteid=csius&caller=view&extranet=standard&viewreg=WW&nodeid0=200259/9&objaction=csopen) "Innovations in the SIRIUS modular system", Order No. 3ZX1012-0RA01-1AB1.

4.1 SIRIUS modular system

SIRIUS motor starter protectors
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 1
3RV20 11 (S00)

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 2
3RV20 21 (S0)

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 3
3RV10 31 (S2)

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 4
3RV10 41 (S3)

SENTRON circuit breakers
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 5
VL250/3VL3

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 6
VL400/3VL4

SIRIUS contactors
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 1
3RT20 1 (S00)

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 2
3RT20 2 (S0)

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 3
3RT10 3 (S2)

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 4
3RT1.4(S3)

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 5
3RT1.5(S6)

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 6
3RT1.6 (S10)

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 7

natural_image Exterior view of a black industrial electrical contactor with mounting holes (no visible text or symbols)

3RT1.7 (S12)

SIRIUS overload relays
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 8
3RB30 16 (S00)

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 9
3RB30 26 ( S0)

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 10
3RB20 36 (S2)

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 11
3RB20 46 (S3)

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 12
3RB20 56 (S6)

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 13
3RB20 66 (S10/S12)

SIRIUS soft starters
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 14

3RW30 1 (S00) 3RW40 2 (S0) 3RW40 3 (S2) 3RW40 4 (S3)
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 15
Figure 4-1 SIRIUS modular system

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 16

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 17

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 18

natural_image Industrial control unit with multiple ports and indicator lights (no visible text or symbols)

3RW40 5 (S6) 3RW40 7 (S10/S12)

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - SIRIUS modular system - 19

natural_image Exterior view of a white industrial electrical contactor device (no visible text or symbols)

Functions

5.1 Start modes

You can choose between different startup functions reflecting the wide range of applications and functionality of the SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 soft starters. The motor start can be optimally adapted to each particular application.

5.1.1 Voltage ramp

The SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 soft starters achieve soft starting by means of a voltage ramp. The motor terminal voltage is increased from a parameterizable starting voltage up to the mains voltage within a definable ramp-up time.

Starting voltage

The starting voltage determines the starting torque of the motor. A lower starting voltage results in a lower starting torque and a lower starting current. The starting voltage selected must be sufficiently high to ensure that motor starts up smoothly as soon as the start command is received by the soft starter.

Ramp time

The length of the set ramp time determines the time taken to increase the motor voltage from the parameterized starting voltage to the mains voltage. This influences the motor's acceleration torque, which drives the load during the ramp-up process. A longer ramp time results in a lower acceleration torque as the motor is started up. The startup is slower and smoother as a result. The ramp time should be long enough for the motor to reach its nominal speed. If the time selected is too short, in other words if the ramp time ends before the motor has started up successfully, a very high starting current that can even equal the direct starting current at the same speed occurs at this instant.

The SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starter limits the current to the value set with the current limiting potentiometer (refer to chapter Current limiting and ramp-up detection (3RW40 only) [Page 29]). As soon as the current limiting value is also reached, the voltage ramp or the ramp time is interrupted and the motor is started with the current limiting value until it has started up successfully. In this case, the motor ramp-up time may be longer than the maximum parameterizable 20 seconds ramp time (for further information about the maximum ramp-up times and switching frequencies, refer to chapter 3RW40 2. to 7. power electronics [Page 148] ff).

The SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starter has intrinsic device protection, current limiting, and ramp-up detection functions. These functions do not form part of the SIRIUS 3RW30 soft starter.

5.1 Start modes

CAUTION

Risk of property damage

When using the 3RW30: Make sure the selected ramp time is longer than the actual motor ramp-up time. If not, the SIRIUS 3RW30 may be damaged because the internal bypass contacts close when the set ramp time elapses. If the motor has not finished starting up, an AC3 current that could damage the bypass contact system will flow.

When using the 3RW40: The 3RW40 has an integrated ramp-up detection function that prevents this operating state from occurring.

The maximum ramp time for the SIRIUS 3RW30 soft starter is 20 seconds An appropriately dimensioned SIRIUS 3RW40 or 3RW44 soft starter should be chosen for startup processes with a motor ramp-up time > 20 seconds.

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Risk of property damage - 1

line | Parameterizable starting voltage | Voltage at the motor | | -------------------------------- | -------------------- | | 0 | 0 | | 1 | 100 | | 2 | 100 |

Figure 5-1 Principle of the voltage ramp

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Risk of property damage - 2
Figure 5-2 Principle of the voltage ramp for the torque characteristic

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Risk of property damage - 3

line | Motor speed n | I_Direct on-line starting | I_Soft starter | | ------------- | ------------------------- | -------------- | | n | High | Low | | n_Nom | Low | High |

Figure 5-3 Principle of the voltage ramp for the starting current characteristic

Typical applications of the voltage ramp

The voltage ramp principle is valid for all applications, e.g. pumps, compressors, conveyor belts.

5.1.2 Current limiting and ramp-up detection (3RW40 only)

The SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starter measures the phase current (motor current) continuously with the help of integrated current transformers.

The motor current that flows during the startup process can be actively limited by means of the soft starter. The current limiting function takes priority over the voltage ramp function. As soon as a parameterizable current limit is reached, in other words, the voltage ramp is interrupted and the motor is started with the current limiting value until it has started up successfully. The current limiting function is always active with SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starters. If the current limiting potentiometer is set to the clockwise stop (maximum), the starting current is limited to five times the set rated motor current.

Current limiting value

The current limiting value is set to the current required during starting as a factor of the rated motor current. Since the starting current is asymmetrical, the set current corresponds to the arithmetic mean value for the three phases.

Example

If the current limiting value is set to 100 A, the currents might be approx. 80 A in L1, 120 A in L2, and 100 A in L3 (refer to chapter Starting current asymmetry [Page 21]).

5.2 Stop modes

As soon as the selected current limiting value is reached, the motor voltage is reduced or controlled by the soft starter to prevent the current from exceeding the limit. The set current limiting value must be high enough to ensure that the torque generated in the motor is sufficient to accelerate the motor to nominal speed. Three to four times the value of the motor's rated operational current (le) can be assumed as typical here.

The current limiting function is always active because it is required by the intrinsic device protection. If the current limiting potentiometer is set to the clockwise stop (maximum), the starting current is limited to five times the set rated motor current.

Ramp-up detection (3RW40 only)

The SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starter is equipped with an integrated ramp-up detection function. If it detects a motor startup, the motor voltage is immediately increased to 100 % of the mains voltage. The internal bypass contacts close and the thyristors are bridged.

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Ramp-up detection (3RW40 only) - 1

line | Motor speed n | Current (I) | | ------------- | ----------- | | 0 | Direct on-line starting motor | | e Motor | Soft starter adjustable current limit value | | n_e Motor | Motor run-up recognized, bypass contacts close |

Figure 5-4 Current limiting with soft starter

Typical applications for current limiting

Current limiting is used for applications with large centrifugal masses (mass inertias) and therefore longer ramp-up times, e.g. fans, circular saws etc.

5.2 Stop modes

You can choose between different stop modes reflecting the wide range of applications for SIRIUS soft starters. The motor stop can be optimally adapted to each particular application.

If a start command is issued during the stop process, the process is interrupted and the motor is started again with the set start mode.

Note

If you select "soft stop" (3RW40 only) as the stop mode, the feeder (soft starter, cables, feeder protective devices, and motor) may need to be dimensioned for higher values because the current exceeds the rated motor current during the stop process.

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Note - 1

line | Time (s) | n_Torque-controlled stopping mode | n_Torque-controlled stopping mode | | -------- | ----------------------------------- | ----------------------------------- | | 0 | n_e | n_e | | ~1.5 | n_e | n_e | | >1.5 | 0 | 0 |

5.2.1 Stop without load (3RW30 and 3RW40)

"Stop without load" means the power supplied to the motor via the soft starter is interrupted when the ON command is removed from the starter. The motor coasts to a standstill, driven only by the mass inertia (centrifugal mass) of the rotor and load. This is also referred to as a natural stop. A large centrifugal mass means a longer stop time without load.

Typical applications for stop without load

Stop without load is used for loads that place no special demands on the startup characteristic, e.g. fans.

5.2.2 Soft stop (3RW40 only)

In "soft stop" mode, the natural stop process of the load is decelerated. The function is used when the load must be prevented from stopping abruptly. This is typically the case in applications with a low mass inertia or a high counter-torque.

Ramp-down time

The "Ramp-down time" potentiometer on the soft starter allows you to specify how long power should still be supplied to the motor after the ON command is removed. The torque generated in the motor is reduced by means of a voltage ramp function within this ramp-down time and the application stops smoothly.

If the motor is stopped abruptly in pump applications, as is normal with wye-delta or direct starting, for instance, water hammer can occur. Water hammer is caused by the sudden flow separation, leading to pressure fluctuations on the pump. It has the effect of producing noise and mechanical impacts on the pipelines as well as on any flaps and valves installed there.

5.3 Motor protection / intrinsic device protection (3RW40 only)

Water hammer can be reduced compared to direct or wye-delta starting by using the SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starter. An optimum pump stop is achieved using a SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starter with an integrated pump stop function (refer to chapter Comparison of device functions [Page 24]).

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Motor protection / intrinsic device protection (3RW40 only) - 1

line | Time (s) | Motor-torque M | | -------- | -------------- | | 0 | M_Nominal operation | | 1 | M_Nominal operation | | 2 | M | | 3 | 0 | | 4 | 0 | | 5 | 0 |

Typical applications for soft stop

Use soft stop for

• Pumps to reduce water hammer.
- Conveyor belts to prevent the conveyed product from tilting.

5.3 Motor protection / intrinsic device protection (3RW40 only)

NOTICE

If the soft starter is disconnected because the motor overload protection or the intrinsic device protection trips, you must wait a defined cooling time (recovery time) prior to acknowledging the fault or starting the motor again. (Motor overload tripping time: 60 seconds, temperature sensor: after cooling, intrinsic device protection tripping time: >30 seconds)

5.3.1 Motor protection function

The motor overload protection function is implemented on the basis of the winding temperature. This indicates whether the motor is overloaded or functioning in the normal operating range.

The winding temperature can either be calculated with the help of the integrated, electronic motor overload function or measured with a connected motor thermistor.

The two types of protection must be combined to achieve full motor protection. This combination is recommended to protect the motor optimally.

Note

Thermistor motor protection evaluation

The thermistor motor protection evaluation function is optionally available for the SIRIUS 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4 soft starters in the 24 V AC/DC control voltage version.

Motor overload protection

The current flow during motor operation is measured by measuring the current with transformers integrated in the soft starter. The temperature rise in the winding is calculated based on the rated operational current set for the motor.

A trip is generated by the soft starter when the characteristic is reached, depending on the trip class (CLASS setting).

ATEX

"Increased safety" type of protection EEx e acc. to ATEX Directive 94/9/EC

The SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starter sizes S0 to S12 are suitable for starting explosion-proof motors with the "increased safety" type of protection EEx e (type of protection / marking: Ex II (2) GD).

Wire the fault output (95 96) to an upstream switching device in such a way that if a fault occurs, this device disconnects the feeder (refer to Fig. "3RW40 wiring fault with 3RV").

F1 Q21 3RT 3RW40 M 3~ N(L-) L1(L+) ON A2 A1 IN 3RW40 95 96 A1 Q21 A2

Figure 5-5 3RW40 wiring fault

5.3 Motor protection / intrinsic device protection (3RW40 only)

Q1 I > 3RV 3RW40 M 3~ N(L-) L1(L+) A2 A1 IN 3RW40 95 96 D1 Q1 U < D2

Figure 5-6 3RW40 wiring fault with 3RV

For further information, refer to the operating instructions, Order No. 3ZX1012-0RW40-1CA1 (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/de/22809303).

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Motor protection / intrinsic device protection (3RW40 only) - 2

WARNING

Danger of death or serious injury.

The 3RW40 is not suitable for installation in hazardous areas. The device is only allowed to be installed in a control cabinet with the IP4x degree of protection. Appropriate measures (e.g. encapsulation) must be taken if it is to be installed in a hazardous area.

Trip class (electronic overload protection)

The trip class (CLASS) specifies the maximum time within which a protective device must trip from a cold state at 7.2 × the rated operational current (motor protection to IEC 60947). The tripping characteristics represent this time as a function of the tripping current (refer to chapter Motor protection tripping characteristics for 3RW40 (with symmetry) [Page 161]). You can set different CLASS characteristics according to the startup class.

Note

The rated data of the soft starters refers to normal starting (CLASS 10). The starters may need to be calculated with a size allowance for heavy-duty starting (>CLASS 10). You can only set a rated motor current that is lower than the soft starter rated current (for the permissible settings, refer to chapter [Technical data [Page 121]).

Recovery time (motor overload protection)

A recovery time of 60 seconds, during which the motor cools down and cannot be restarted, starts if the thermal motor model is tripped.

Protection against voltage failure in the event of a fault

If the control supply voltage fails during a trip, the current tripping state of the thermal motor model and the current recovery time are stored in the soft starter. When the control supply voltage is restored, the current tripping state of the thermal motor model and the intrinsic device protection prior to the power failure are likewise automatically restored. If the control voltage is disconnected during operation (without a preceding fault trip), the starter is not protected against voltage failure.

Temperature sensor

Note

Temperature sensor

The temperature sensor evaluation function is optionally available for the SIRIUS 3RW40 24 to 3RW40 47 soft starters in the 24 V AC/DC control voltage version.

This motor protection function measures the motor's stator winding temperature directly with the help of a sensor installed in the motor, in other words the motor must have a sensor wound into the stator winding.

You can choose between two different sensor types for the evaluation.

  1. Type A PTC thermistors ("type A sensors") for connection to terminals T11/21 and T12

  2. Thermoclick sensors for connection to terminals T11/21 and T22

The wiring and sensors are monitored for wire breakage and short-circuits.

Recovery time (thermistor motor protection)

If the thermistor motor protection is tripped, the soft starter cannot be restarted until the sensor installed in the motor has cooled down. The recovery time varies according to the temperature state of the sensor.

5.3.2 Intrinsic device protection (3RW40 only)

Thyristor protection (thermal)

SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starters are equipped with integrated intrinsic device protection to prevent thermal overloading of the thyristors.

This is achieved on the one hand by means of current measuring transformers in the three phases and on the other, by measuring the temperature with temperature sensors on the thyristor's heat sink.

If the fixed, internally set trip value is exceeded, the soft starter is automatically disconnected.

Recovery time (intrinsic device protection)

If the intrinsic device protection is tripped, the soft starter cannot be restarted until a recovery time of at least 30 seconds has elapsed.

5.4 Functions of the RESET buttons

Thyristor protection (short-circuit)

SITOR semiconductor fuses must be connected upstream to protect the thyristors against short-circuits (e.g. in case of cable damage or an interturn fault in the motor; refer to chapter Soft starter assembly with type of coordination 2 [Page 61]). For the fuse selection tables, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

Protection against voltage failure (in the event of a fault)

If the control supply voltage fails during a trip, the current tripping state of the thermal intrinsic device protection model and the current recovery time are stored in the soft starter. When the control supply voltage is restored, the current tripping state of the thermal intrinsic device protection prior to the power failure are likewise automatically restored.

NOTICE

If the control voltage is disconnected during operation (e.g. in "automatic mode"), the starter is not protected against voltage failure. You must wait five minutes between two starts to ensure that the motor protection and the intrinsic device protection are working correctly.

5.4 Functions of the RESET buttons

5.4.1 SIRIUS 3RW40 2, 3RW40 3, and 3RW40 4 soft starters

5.4.1.1 RESET MODE button and LED

By pressing the RESET MODE button, you define the reset procedure in case of a fault. This is indicated by the RESET MODE LED.

RESET MODE

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - RESET MODE button and LED - 2

Yellow = AUTO

Off = MANUAL

Green = REMOTE

Note

On the SIRIUS 3RW40 2. soft starter, the RESET MODE button is located underneath the label (refer to chapter Operator controls, displays, and connections on the 3RW40 [Page 70])

5.4.1.2 Manual RESET

Manual RESET with the RESET / TEST button (RESET MODE LED = off)

You can reset a fault by pressing the RESET / TEST button.

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Manual RESET - 1

5.4.1.3 Remote RESET

Remote RESET (RESET MODE LED = green)

You can reset a fault signal by disconnecting the control supply voltage for >1.5 s.

L1(L+)N(L-) RESET ON/OFF A2 A1 1 Us 100 % >1,5 s t

5.4.1.4 AUTO RESET

AUTO RESET (RESET MODE LED = yellow)

If you set the RESET mode to AUTO, a fault is automatically reset as follows:

  • If the motor overload protection function trips: after 60 s
  • If the intrinsic device protection function trips: after 30 s
  • If the thermistor evaluation function trips: after the temperature sensor in the motor has cooled down

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - AUTO RESET - 1

WARNING

Automatic restart

Danger of death, serious injury, or property damage.

The automatic RESET mode (AUTO RESET) must not be used in applications where there is a risk of serious injury to persons or substantial damage to property if the motor starts up again unexpectedly. The start command (e.g. issued by a contact or the PLC) must be reset prior to issuing a RESET command because the motor attempts to restart again automatically following this RESET command if a start command is still present. This particularly applies if the motor protection has tripped. For safety reasons, you are advised to integrate the group fault output (terminals 95 and 96) in the controller.

5.4.1.5 Acknowledging faults

For information about whether or not faults can be acknowledged as well as the corresponding LED and output contact states, refer to chapter Diagnostics and fault signals [Page 44].

5.4 Functions of the RESET buttons

5.4.2 SIRIUS 3RW40 5 and 3RW40 7 soft starters

5.4.2.1 RESET MODE button and AUTO LED

By pressing the RESET MODE button, you define the reset procedure in case of a fault. This is indicated by the AUTO LED.

RESET MODE MAN AUTO

Yellow = AUTO

Off = MANUAL (REMOTE)

5.4.2.2 Manual RESET

Manual RESET with the RESET / TEST button (AUTO LED = off)

You can reset a fault by pressing the RESET / TEST button.

RESET/TEST

5.4.2.3 Remote RESET

Remote RESET (AUTO LED = green)

You can initiate a remote RESET by controlling the optional module for RESET (3RU1900-2A).

L1 L2 L3 F1 1 3 5 2 4 6 U V W M1 M 3~ N L1 F3 96 98 Test. Reset 95 E1 E2 S2 0.2 ... 4 sec. 3RU1900-2A (Fernreset / Remote Reset) N

5.4.2.4 AUTO RESET

AUTO RESET (AUTO LED = yellow)

If you set the RESET mode to AUTO, a fault is automatically reset as follows:

  • If the motor overload protection function trips: after 60 s
  • If the intrinsic device protection function trips: after 30 s

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - AUTO RESET (AUTO LED = yellow) - 1

WARNING

Automatic restart

Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

The automatic RESET mode (AUTO RESET) must not be used in applications where there is a risk of serious injury to persons or substantial damage to property if the motor starts up again unexpectedly. The start command (e.g. issued by a contact or the PLC) must be reset prior to issuing a RESET command because the motor attempts to restart again automatically following this RESET command if a start command is still present. This particularly applies if the motor protection has tripped. For safety reasons, you are advised to integrate the group fault output (terminals 95 and 96) in the controller.

5.4.2.5 Acknowledging faults

For information about whether or not faults can be acknowledged as well as the corresponding LED and output contact states, refer to chapter Diagnostics and fault signals [Page 44].

5.4.3 Other functions of the RESET button

5.4.3.1 Motor protection trip test

You initiate a motor overload trip by pressing the RESET / TEST button for longer than five seconds. The SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starter is tripped by the fault signal at the OVERLOAD LED, the FAILURE / OVERLOAD contact 95-98 closes, and the motor that is connected and running is switched off.

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Motor protection trip test - 1
RESET / TEST button on the 3RW40 2, 3RW40 3, and 3RW40 4

RESET/TEST

RESET / TEST button on the 3RW40 5 and 3RW40 7

5.4.3.2 Reparameterizing the ON / RUN output contact

For information about reparameterizing the output with the RESET / TEST button, refer to chapter Parameterizing the 3RW40 outputs [Page 110].

5.5 Functions of the inputs

5.5 Functions of the inputs

5.5.1 Start input (terminal 1) on 3RW30 and 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4

Rated control voltage is present at terminal A1 / A2: The startup process of the soft starter begins when a signal is present at terminal 1 (IN). The starter operates until the signal is removed again.

If a ramp-down time is parameterized (3RW40 only), a soft stop starts as soon as the signal is removed.

The potential of the signal at terminal 1 must correspond to the potential of the rated control voltage at terminal A1 / A2.

A2 A1 1 110-230V IN

For recommended circuits, e.g. control by means of pushbuttons, contactor contacts, or a PLC, refer to chapter Typical circuit diagrams [Page 167].

5.5.2 Start input (terminal 3) on 3RW40 5 and 3RW40 7

Rated control voltage is present at terminal A1 / A2: The startup process of the soft starter begins when a signal is present at terminal 3 (IN). The starter operates until the signal is removed again. If a ramp-down time is parameterized, a soft stop starts as soon as the signal is removed.

The 24 V DC control voltage supplied by the soft starter must be taken from terminal 1 (+) as voltage for the signal at terminal 3.

If you select direct control by a PLC, the "M" of the PLC's reference potential must be connected to terminal 2 (-).

A1 A 2 21 3 230 V 50/60 Hz dc/cd IN 24 V

For recommended circuits, e.g. control by means of pushbuttons, contactor contacts, or a PLC, refer to chapter Typical circuit diagrams [Page 167].

5.5.3 Thermistor input / connection on 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4

24 V AC/DC rated control voltage

After removing the copper jumper between T11/21 and T22, you can connect and evaluate either a Klixon thermistor integrated in the motor winding (at terminal T11/T21-T22) or a type A PTC (at terminal T11/T21-T12).

3RW4047-1TB04 T11/T21 T12 T22

T11/T21 T12 T22 9

T11/T21 T22/T12

Klixon Type A PTC

5.6 Functions of the outputs

5.6.1 3RW30: Output terminal 13 / 14 ON

The potential-free output contact at terminal 13/14 (ON) closes if a signal is present at terminal 1 (IN); it remains closed until the start command is removed.

The output can be used, for instance, to control a line contactor connected upstream or to implement latching if you selected pushbutton control. For recommended circuits, refer to chapter Typical circuit diagrams [Page 167].

13 14 NO ON

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW30: Output terminal 13 / 14 ON - 2

line | Time | U (V) | Us (V) | |------|-------|--------| | t_R on | U | U_S | | t | U | U_N | | t_R on | U | U_S | | t | U | U_N | | t | U | U_S | | t_R on | U | U_N | | t | U | U_S | | t | U | U_N | | t | U | U_S | | t | U | U_N | | t | U | U_S | | t | U | U_N | | t | U | U_S | | t | U | U_N | | t | U | U_S | | t | U | U_N | | t = ON 13/14 | U | U_S | | t = ON 13/14 | U | U_N | | t = ON 13/14 | U | U_S | | t = ON 13/14 | U | U_N | | t = ON 13/14 | U | U_S | | t = ON 13/14 | U | U_N | | t = ON 13/14 | U | T_R on | | t = ON 13/14 | U | T_R on | | t = ON 13/14 | U | T_R on | | t = ON 13/14 | U | T_R on | | t = ON 13/14 | U | T_R on | | t = ON 13/14 | U | T_R on | | t - ON 13/14 | U | U_S | | t - ON 13/14 | U | U_N | | t - ON 13/14 | U | U_S | | t - ON 13/14 | U | U_N | | t - ON 13/14 | U | U_S | | t - ON 13/14 | U | U_N | | t - ON 13/14 | U | T_R on | | t - ON 13/14 | U | T_R on | | t - ON 13/14 | U | T_R on | | t - ON 13/14 | U | T_R on | | t - ON 13/14 | U | T_R on | | t - ON 13/14 | U | T_R on | | t = ON 13/14 | U | U_S | | t = ON 13/14 | U | U_N | | t = ON 13/14 | U | U_S | | t = ON 13/14 | U | U_N | | t = ON 13/14 | U | U_S | | t - ON 13/14 | U | U_S | | t - ON 13/14 | U | U_N | | t - ON 13/14 | U | U_S | | t - ON 13/14 | U | U_N | | t - ON 13/14 | U | U_S | | t - ON 13/14 | U | U_S | | t - ON 13/14 | U | U_N | | t - ON 13/14 | U | U_S | | t - ON 13/14 | U | U_N | | t - ON 13/14 | U | U_S | | t - ON 13/14 | T_R on | T_R on | | t - ON 13/14 | T_R on | T_R on | | t - ON 13/14 | T_R on | T_R on | | t - ON 13/14 | T_R on | T_R on | | t - ON 13/14 | T_R on | T_R on | | t - ON 13/14 | T_R on | T_R at End: ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~T_R on: ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~T_R on: ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.8s, then ~0.8s, then ~0.8s, then ~0.8s, then ~0.8s, then ~0.8s, then ~0.8s, then ~0.8s, then ~0.8s, then ~0.8s, then ~0.8s, then ~0.8s, then ~0.8s, then ~0.8s, then ~T_R on: ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.8s, then ~0.8s, then ~0.8s, then ~0.8s, then ~0.8s, then ~0.8s, then ~0.8s, then ~0.8s, then ~0.8s, then ~0.8s, then ~T_R on: ~0.5s, then ~0.5s, then ~0.8s, then >0.5s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >T_R on: >0.5s, then >0.5s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >T_R on: >0.5s, then >0.5s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then 0.5s, then >0.5s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >0.8s, then >T_R on: >0.5s, then >0.5s, then >0.8s, after which it is not shown for the other two series.

5.6 Functions of the outputs

For a state diagram of the contact in the various operating states, refer to chapter Diagnostics and fault signals [Page 44].

5.6.2 3RW40: Output terminals 13 / 14 ON / RUN and 23 / 24 BYPASSED

ON

The potential-free output contact at terminal 13/14 (ON) closes if a signal is present at terminal 1 (IN); it remains closed until the start command is removed (factory default). The ON function can be used, for instance, as a latching contact if you selected pushbutton control.

Reparameterizing from ON to RUN

You can reparameterize the function of the ON output on the 3RW40 to RUN by simultaneously pressing the RESET TEST and RESET MODE buttons (refer to chapter Commissioning the 3RW40 [Page 98]).

RUN

The RUN output remains closed as long as the motor is controlled by the soft starter, in other words during the startup phase, in bypass mode, and during the soft stop (if set). This output function can be used, for instance, if a line contactor connected upstream must be controlled by the soft starter, especially if the soft stop function is set.

BYPASSED

The BYPASSED function can be used, for instance, to indicate that the motor has started up successfully.

The BYPASSED output at terminal 23 / 24 closes as soon as the SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starter detects that the motor has started up (refer to chapter Ramp-up detection [Page 104]).

The integral bypass contacts simultaneously close and the thyristors are bridged. The integral bypass contacts and output 23 / 24 open again as soon as the start input IN is removed.

13 14/24 23 NO NO ON/RUN BYPASSED

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - BYPASSED - 2

other | Time | IN 13/14 (t_R on) | IN 13/14 (t_R off) | U_N (t_R on) | U_N (t_R off) | U_S (t_R on) | U_S (t_R off) | |------|-------------------|--------------------|--------------|---------------|--------------|---------------| | Start | High | High | Low | Low | Low | Low | | Mid | Medium | Medium | High | High | Medium | High | | End | Low | Low | Low | Low | Low | Low |

For a state diagram of the contacts and the LEDs in the various operating and fault states, refer to chapter Diagnostics and fault signals [Page 44].

For recommended circuits, refer to chapter typical circuit diagrams [Page 167].

5.6.3 3RW40: Group fault output at terminal 95 / 96 / 98 OVERLOAD / FAILURE

If there is no rated control voltage or if a failure occurs, the potential-free FAILURE / OVERLOAD output is switched.

FAILURE/OVERLOAD NC NO 95 96 98

For recommended circuits, refer to chapter Typical circuit diagrams [Page 167].

For a state diagram of the contacts in the various fault and operating states, refer to chapter Diagnostics and fault signals [Page 44].

5.7 Diagnostics and fault signals

5.7 Diagnostics and fault signals

5.7.1 3RW30: LEDs and troubleshooting

LEDs on 3RW30Auxiliary contact
Soft starter
3RW30DEVICE(rd/gn/ylw)STATE/BYPASSED/FAILURE(gn/rd)13 14/(ON)
U_S=0
Operating stateIN
Off0
Start1
Bypassed1
Fault
Impermissible electronics supply voltage1)
Bypass overload2)
-Missing load voltage1)-Phase failure, missing load1)
Device fault3)
LEDs
==ylwrd gn
Off=ONFlashingGreen=Red=Yellow=

1) The fault is automatically reset by an outgoing event. An automatic restart is initiated and the 3RW restarted if a start command is present at the input.

WARNING
Automatic restartDanger of death, serious injury, or property damage.If you do not want the motor to start automatically, you must integrate suitable additional components, e.g. phase failure or load monitoring devices, into the control and main circuits.

2) The fault can be acknowledged by removing the start command at the start input.
3) Switch off the control voltage, then switch it on again. If the fault is still present, contact your SIEMENS partner or Technical Assistance.
For notes on troubleshooting, refer to the table below.

Fault Cause Remedy
Impermissible electronics supply voltageThe control supply voltage does not correspond to the soft starter's rated voltage.Check the control supply voltage; an incorrect control supply voltage could be caused by a power failure or a voltage dip.
Bypass overload A current > 3.5 x I _e of the soft starter occurs for > 60 ms in bypass mode (e.g. because the motor is blocked).Check the motor and load, and check the soft starter's dimensions.
Missing load voltage, phase failure / missing loadCause 1: Phase L1 / L2 / L3 is missing or fails / collapses when the motor is operating.Tripped as a result of a dip in the permissible rated operational voltage > 15 % for > 100 ms during the startup process or > 200 ms in bypass mode.Connect L1 / L2 / L3 or correct the voltage dip.
Cause 2: The motor that is connected is too small and the fault occurs as soon as it is switched to bypass mode.If less than 10 % of the soft starter's rated current is flowing, the motor cannot be operated with soft starter. Use another soft starter.
Cause 3: Motor phase T1 / T2 / T3 is not connected.Connect the motor properly (e.g. jumpers in the motor terminal box, repair switch closed etc.)
Device fault Soft starter defective.Contact your SIEMENS partner orTechnical Assistance.

5.7 Diagnostics and fault signals

5.7.2 3RW40: LEDs and troubleshooting

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Diagnostics and fault signals - 1
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Diagnostics and fault signals - 2
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Diagnostics and fault signals - 3
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Diagnostics and fault signals - 4

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Diagnostics and fault signals - 5

WARNING

Automatic restart

Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

The automatic RESET mode (AUTO RESET) must not be used in applications where there is a risk of serious injury to persons or substantial damage to property if the motor starts up again unexpectedly. The start command (e.g. issued by a contact or the PLC) must be reset prior to issuing a RESET command because the motor attempts to restart again automatically following this RESET command if a start command is still present. This particularly applies if the motor protection has tripped. For safety reasons, you are advised to integrate the group fault output on the 3RW40 (terminals 95 and 96), or the signaling contact of the motor or miniature circuit breaker on all devices, in the controller.

Notes on troubleshooting

Warning Cause Remedy
Impermissible I_e CLASS setting(control voltage present, no start command)The rated operational current I_e set for the motor (control voltage present, no start command) exceeds the associated, maximum permissible setting current referred to the selected CLASS setting (chapterMotor current settings [Page 107]).Check the rated operational current set for the motor, select a lower CLASS setting, or calculate the soft starter with a size allowance.As long as the 3RW40 is not controlled IN (0->1), this is only a status signal. However, it becomes a fault signal if the start command is applied.
Start inhibited, device too hot The acknowledgment and the motor start are inhibited for a defined time by the inherent device protection following an overload trip, to allow the 3RW40 to cool down.Possible causesToo many starts,Motor ramp-up time too long,Ambient temperature in switching device's environment too high,Minimum installation clearances not complied with.The device cannot be started until the temperature of the thyristor or the heat sink has cooled down enough to guarantee sufficient reserve for a successful startup. The time until restarting is allowed can vary but is a minimum of 30 s.Rectify the causes and possibly retrofit the optional fan (3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4.).

5.7 Diagnostics and fault signals

Fault Cause Remedy
Impermissible electronics supply voltage:The control supply voltage does not correspond to the soft starter's rated voltage.Check the control supply voltage; could be caused by a power failure, voltage dip, or incorrect control supply voltage. Use a stabilized power supply unit if due to mains fluctuations.
Impermissible le/CLASS setting and IN (0->1)(control voltage present, IN start command changes from 0 to 1)The rated operational current I_e set for the motor (control voltage present, start command present) exceeds the associated, maximum permissible setting current referred to the selected CLASS setting (chapter Motor current settings [Page 107]).For the maximum permissible settings, refer to chapter "Technical data [Page 121)".Check the rated operational current set for the motor, select a lower CLASS setting, or calculate the soft starter with a size allowance.
Motor protection tripping Overload relay / thermistor:The thermal motor model has tripped. After an overload trip, restarting is inhibited until the recovery time has elapsed.- Overload relay tripping time: 60 s- Thermistor tripping time: When the temperature sensor (thermistor) in the motor has cooled down.- Check whether the motor's rated operational current I_e is set correctly, or- Change the CLASS setting, or- Possibly reduce the switching frequency, or- Deactivate the motor protection (CLASS OFF), or- Check the motor and the application.
Thermistor protection: wire breakage / short-circuit (optional for 3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4. devices):Temperature sensor at terminals T11/T12/T22 is short-circuited or defective, a cable is not connected, or no sensor is connected.Check the temperature sensor and the wiring
Thermal overload on the device: Overload trip of the thermal model for the power unit of the 3RW40Possible causes• Too many starts,• Motor ramp-up time too long,• Ambient temperature in switching device's environment too high,• Minimum installation clearances not complied with.Wait until the device has cooled down again, possibly increase the current limiting value set for starting, or reduce the switching frequency (too many consecutive starts). Possibly retrofit the optional fan (3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4.).Check the load and the motor, check whether the ambient temperature in the soft starter's environment is too high (derating above 40 °C, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]), comply with the minimum clearances.

5.7 Diagnostics and fault signals

Fault Cause Remedy
Missing load voltage, phase failure / missing load:Cause 1: Phase L1 / L2 / L3 is missing or fails / collapses when the motor is operating.Tripped as a result of a dip in the permissible rated operational voltage > 15 % for > 100 ms during the startup process or > 200 ms in bypass mode.Connect L1 / L2 / L3 or correct the voltage dip.
Cause 2: The motor that is connected is too small and the fault occurs as soon as it is switched to bypass mode.Set the correct rated operational current for the connected motor or set it to the minimum value (if the motor current is less than 10 % of the set I_e , the motor cannot be operated with this starter).
Cause 3: Motor phase T1 / T2 / T3 is not connected.Connect the motor properly (e.g. jumpers in the motor terminal box, repair switch closed etc.)
Device fault Soft starter defective.Contact your SIEMENS partner orTechnical Assistance.

5.7 Diagnostics and fault signals

Application planning

6.1 Application examples

6.1.1 Roller conveyor application

Using the 3RW30 with roller conveyors

Roller conveyors are employed, for example, in parcel distribution systems for transporting parcels to and from individual workstations. For this purpose, the direction of rotation of the 11 kW / 15 hp motor that is used has to be adjustable in order for the conveyor to work in both directions.

The following requirements must be met by the roller conveyor:

  • The roller conveyor has to start smoothly, to prevent damage to the transported goods due to slipping or tilting.
  • The machine's wear and maintenance intervals should be minimized, which is why slippage of the belt drive during startup must be prevented.
  • The high current load upon motor startup must be reduced by means of a voltage ramp.
  • The feeder assembly should be as small as possible so as not to exceed the control cabinet's space capacity.

The SIRIUS 3RW30 soft starter offers the following advantages:

  • The roller conveyor is rapidly accelerated to the nominal speed without torque surges thanks to the optimum setting of the voltage ramp during startup.
  • The motor's starting current is reduced.
  • Reversing operation of the conveyor belt is realized through contactor interconnection with SIRIUS 3RA13 reversing contactor combinations.
  • The feeder and the motor protection are implemented with SIRIUS 3RV motor starter protectors.
  • The use of SIRIUS system components guarantees maximum wiring reductions and space savings.

6.1.2 Hydraulic pump application

Using the 3RW40 with hydraulic pumps

The SIRIUS 3RW40 is optimally suited for soft starting and stopping of hydraulic pumps. With a rating of 200 kW / 250 hp, this soft starter is used, for example, in the production of sheet parts to drive the presses.

The drives for hydraulic pumps must meet the following requirements:

  • The motor's starting current has to be reduced to minimize the load on the higher-level mains transformer during startup.
  • Integrated motor protection is called for to reduce wiring expenditure and space requirements in the control box.
  • The hydraulic pump must be started and stopped in a soft manner to minimize the mechanical load on the drive and the pump caused by torque surges during starting and stopping.

The SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starter offers the following advantages:

  • The settable current limiting of the SIRIUS 3RW40 limits the load on the mains transformer during the motor startup.
  • Motor protection is ensured by the motor overload relay with settable tripping times integrated in the soft starter.
  • The adjustable voltage ramp ensures that the hydraulic pump is started and stopped without torque surges.

7.1 Installing the soft starter

7.1.1 Unpacking

CAUTION

Do not lift the device by the cover in order to unpack it, especially sizes 3RW40 55 to 3RW40 76, because this could lead to damage.

7.1.2 Permissible mounting position

3RW30

3RW40

3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4 (with optional additional fan)

3RW40 5 to 3RW40 7

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Permissible mounting position - 1

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Permissible mounting position - 2

Vertical mounting Horizontal mounting

NOTICE

The permissible switching frequency values can vary according to the selected mounting position. For information about factors and how to determine the new switching frequency, refer to chapter Configuration [Page 73].

Note

An optional fan can be ordered for the 3RW40 24 to 3RW40 47 sizes; this fan is integrated in the device for 3RW40 55 to 3RW40 76. The 3RW30 cannot be equipped with a fan.

7.1 Installing the soft starter

7.1.3 Mounting dimensions, clearances, and assembly type

The minimum clearances from other devices must be complied with to ensure unobstructed cooling as well as the free supply and discharge of air to and from the heat sink.

1 3 5 a 2 4 6 b a c

Figure 7-1 Clearances from other devices

MLFB a (mm) a (in) b (mm) b(in) c (mm) c (in)
3RW30 1./3RW30 2. 15 0.59 602.36 40 1.56
3RW30 3./3RW30 4 30 1.18 602.36 40 1.56
3RW40 2. 15 0.59 60 2.36 401.56
3RW40 3./3RW40 4. 30 1.18 602.36 40 1.56
3RW40 5./3RW40 7.50.2100475

NOTICE

Allow sufficient clearances for the cooling air to circulate freely. The device is ventilated from bottom to top.

7.1.4 Assembly type: Standalone assembly, side-by-side assembly, direct mounting

Standalone assembly

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Standalone assembly - 1

natural_image Four identical electrical contactor units with no visible text or symbols on the device body.

The term "standalone assembly" is used if the clearances a / b / c described in chapter Mounting dimensions, clearances, and assembly type [Page 54] are complied with.

Side-by-side assembly

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Side-by-side assembly - 1

natural_image Three identical electrical contactor blocks with blue and gray buttons, no visible text or symbols

The term "side-by-side assembly" is used if the lateral clearance a described in chapter Mounting dimensions, clearances, and assembly type [Page 54] are not complied with, e.g. if several switching devices are assembled side by side.

7.1 Installing the soft starter

Direct mounting

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Direct mounting - 1

natural_image Three identical electrical contactor units with varying sizes and terminal numbers, arranged side by side (no visible text or symbols)

The term "direct mounting" is used if the top clearance b described in chapter Mounting dimensions, clearances, and assembly type [Page 54] is not complied with, e.g. if the soft starter is mounted directly on a motor starter protector (e.g. 3RV2) using a link module (e.g. 3RV29).

NOTICE

The permissible switching frequency values can vary according to the selected assembly type. For information about factors and how to determine the new switching frequency, refer to chapter Configuration [Page 73].

7.1.5 Installation requirements

Degree of protection IP00

The SIRIUS 3RW30 / 3RW40 soft starters conform to the IP00 degree of protection.

The devices must be installed in control cabinets with the IP54 degree of protection (pollution degree 2), taking account of the ambient conditions.

Make sure no liquids, dust, or conductive objects can get inside the soft starter. The soft starter produces waste heat (power loss) while it is operating (refer to chapter technical data [Page 121]).

CAUTION

Provide adequate cooling at the place of installation to prevent the switching device from overheating.

8.1 General information

General information

A motor feeder comprises a disconnector, a contact, and a motor as a minimum.

Line protection against short-circuits must be implemented, together with overload protection for the line and motor.

Disconnector

The isolating function with line protection against overload and short-circuits can be achieved with a motor starter protector or a fuse disconnector, for instance. The motor overload protection function is integrated in the SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starter. The motor overload protection for the SIRIUS 3RW30 soft starter can be implemented with a motor circuit breaker, for instance, or using a motor overload relay in conjunction with a contactor (for the fuse and motor starter protector assignment, refer to Technical data [Page 121]).

Contact

The contact function is taken care of by the SIRIUS 3RW30 or 3RW40 soft starter.

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Contact - 1

DANGER

Hazardous voltage

Danger of death or serious injury.

If mains voltage is present at the input terminals of the soft starter, hazardous voltage may still be present at the soft starter output even if a start command has not been issued. This voltage must be isolated by means of a disconnector (open isolating distance, e.g. with an open switch disconnector) whenever work is carried out on the feeder (refer to chapter Five safety rules for work in or on electrical systems [Page 58]).

Note

All elements of the main circuit (such as fuses, motor starter protectors, and switching devices) must be dimensioned for direct starting and according to the on-site short-circuit conditions, and ordered separately.

For recommended fuse and motor starter protector ratings for the feeder with soft starter, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

8.2 Five safety rules for work in or on electrical systems

A set of rules, which are summarized in DIN VDE 0105 as the "five safety rules", are defined for work in or on electrical systems as a preventative measure against electrical accidents:

  1. Isolate
  2. Secure against switching on again
  3. Verify that the equipment is not live
  4. Ground and short-circuit
  5. Erect barriers around or cover adjacent live parts

These five safety rules must be applied in the above order prior to starting work on an electrical system. After completing the work, proceed in the reverse order.

It is assumed that every electrician is familiar with these rules.

Explanations

  1. The isolating distances between live and deenergized parts of the system must vary according to the operating voltage that is applied.

"Isolate" refers to the all-pole disconnection of live parts.

All-pole disconnection can be achieved, e.g. by.:

  • Switching off the miniature circuit breaker
  • Switching off the motor circuit breaker
  • Unscrewing fusible links
  • Removing LV HRC fuses

  • The feeder must be secured against inadvertent restarting to ensure that it remains isolated for the duration of the work. This can be achieved, for instance, by securing the motor and miniature circuit breakers with lockable blocking elements in the disconnected state, either using a lock or by unscrewing the fuses.

  • The deenergized state of the equipment should be verified using suitable test equipment, e.g. a two-pole voltmeter. Single-pole test pins are not suitable for this purpose. The absence of power must be established for all poles, phase to phase, and phase to N/PE.
  • Grounding and short-circuiting are only mandatory if the system has a nominal voltage greater than 1 kV. In this case, the system should always be grounded first and then connected to the live parts to be short-circuited.
  • These parts should be covered, or barriers erected around them, to avoid accidental contact during the work with adjacent parts that are still live.

8.3 General feeder assembly (type of coordination 1)

The SIRIUS 3RW30 or 3RW40 soft starter is connected into the motor feeder between the motor starter protector and the motor.

3/N/PE~ 50 Hz 400 V L1 L2 L3 PE Q1 Q11 M1 U1 U1 U1 V2 V2 U1 V3 V1 V2 V2 V2

Figure 8-1 Block diagram of the SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starter

Note

For the component design, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 12].

8.4 Soft starter with line contactor (type of coordination 1)

8.4 Soft starter with line contactor (type of coordination 1)

If electrical isolation is specified, you can install a motor contactor between the soft starter and the motor starter protector.

3/N/PE~ 50 Hz 400 V L1 L2 L3 PE Q1 Q21 Q11 M1 J1 Q1 A2 V2 U1 V1 A3 W2 U2 V3

Figure 8-2 Block diagram of a feeder with an optional main / line contactor

Note

For the component design, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

NOTICE

If a main or line contactor is used, it should not be connected between the soft starter and the motor. The soft starter could otherwise indicate a "Missing load voltage" fault in case of a start command and delayed connection of the contactor.

8.5 Soft starter assembly with type of coordination 2

The SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starter has internal protection to prevent overloading of the thyristors. The SIRIUS 3RW30 soft starter has no internal protection to prevent overloading of the thyristors. The soft starter must always be dimensioned according to the duration of the startup process and the desired starting frequency. If the feeder of the SIRIUS 3RW30 or 3RW40 soft starter is assembled accordingly with the feeder components recommended in chapter [Technical data [Page 121] (e.g. motor starter protector or LV HRC fuse), type of coordination 1 is achieved. In order to achieve type of coordination 2, all thyristors must be additionally protected against short-circuits by means of special semiconductor fuses (e.g. SIEMENS SITOR). A short-circuit can occur, for instance, as a result of a defect in the motor windings or in the motor's power supply cable.

3/N/PE~ 50 Hz 400 V L1 L2 L3 PE Q1 F3 Q11 M1 U1 U1 U1 V2 V2 U1 U1 V1 V2 U2 V2

Figure 8-3 Block diagram of a feeder with semiconductor fuses

Note

For the component design, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 12].

8.6 Capacitors to improve the power factor

Note

Minimum and maximum configuration of the semiconductor fuses

The fuses for the minimum and maximum configuration are specified in chapter Technical data [Page 121].

Minimum configuration: The fuse is optimized for the thyristor's I²t value.

If the thyristor is cold (ambient temperature) and the startup process lasts a maximum of 20 s at 3.5 times the rated current of the device, the fuse does not trip.

Maximum configuration: The maximum current permitted for the thyristor can flow without the fuse tripping.

The maximum configuration is recommended for heavy-duty starting.

CAUTION

Risk of property damage

Type of coordination 1 in accordance with IEC 60947-4-1:

The device is defective following a short-circuit failure and therefore unsuitable for further use (personnel and equipment must not be put at risk).

Type of coordination 2 in accordance with IEC 60947-4-1:

The device is suitable for further use following a short-circuit failure (personnel and equipment must not be put at risk).

The type of coordination only refers to soft starters in conjunction with the stipulated protective device (motor starter protector / fuse), not to additional components in the feeder.

8.6 Capacitors to improve the power factor

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Capacitors to improve the power factor - 1

CAUTION

No capacitors must be connected to the output terminals of the soft starter. If so, the soft starter will be damaged.

Active filters, e.g. for power factor correction, must not be operated parallel to the motor control device.

If capacitors are to be used to correct the power factor, they must be connected on the device's line side. If an isolating or main contactor is used together with the electronic soft starter, the capacitors must be disconnected from the soft starter when the contactor is open.

8.7 Maximum cable length

The cable between the soft starter and the motor must not be more than 300 m long (3RW30 and 3RW40).

The voltage drop due to the length of the cable to the motor may need to be considered when dimensioning the cable.

Cable lengths up to 500 m are permitted for SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters (refer to the 3RW44 System Manual (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/ llisapi.dll?query=3RW44&func=cslib.cssearch&content=skm%2f-main.asp&lang=de&siteid=csius&objaction=cssearch&searchinprim=0&nodeid0=20025979)).

Connecting

9.1 Electrical connection

9.1.1 Control and auxiliary terminals

The SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 soft starters can be supplied with two different connection technologies:

  • Screw-type technology
    • Spring-loaded technology

9.1.2 Main circuit connection

SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 soft starters up to the 55 kW / 75 hp size at 400 V / 480 V are designed with removable terminals at the main circuit connections.

9.1 Electrical connection

Sizes 3RW30 1. to 3RW30 4.
1L1, 3L2, 5L3 1 L1 3 L2 5 L3 A2, A1, 1, 13, 14 DEVICE STATE/BYPASSSED FAILURE SIRIUS DR WEC STANTLYHYSSEED FAILURE 3R W3N26-1DDC 4 2T1, 4T2, 6T3

Sizes 3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4.
1L1, 3L2, 5L3 OVERLOAD RESET MODE RESET/TEST RESET MODE 3RW40..-BB.. 95, 96, 98 1 L1 3 L2 5 L3 A2 A1 13 14/24, 23 DEVICE STATE/BYPASSSED FAILURE RESET MODE SIRIUS OVERLOAD DEVIAGE RESET MODE STATE/BYPASSSED FAILURE RESET/TEST 3RW4028-T3M T11/T21 T12 T22 95 96 98 2 T1 4 T2 6 T3 A2, A1, 1, 13, 14/24, 23 DEVICE STATE/BYPASSSED FAILURE 3RW40..-TB.. T11/T21 T12 T22 95 96 98 2T1, 4T2, 6T3

Sizes 3RW40 5. and 3RW40 7.

Sizes 3RW40 5. and 3RW40 7. have busbar connections for the main circuit connection. Box terminals can be retrofitted on these devices as optional accessories (refer to chapter Accessories [Page 199]).

1L1, 3L2, 5L3 A1, A2, 1, 2, 3 1L1 3LV SWON 2V 3L2 ON RUN BYPASSED OVERLOAD FAILURE 5L3 SIEMENS SIRIUS DEVICE □ STATE/BYPASSED/□ FAILURE □ x1# 1.3 3.1 10 20s OVERLOAD AUTO RESET/TEST RESET/TEST RESET MODE MAN RESET MODE MAN 122 137 OFF CLASS 10 15 102 87 162A 20 SA1919 TST* 3RW4056-6AB44 2T1 4T2 6T3 13, 14/24, 23, 95, 96, 98 2T1, 4T2, 6T3

10.1 Operator controls, displays, and connections on the 3RW30

SIEMENS SIRIUS DEV-2 STATE COMPRESSED BLUE 1 L1 3 L2 5 L3 ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ 2 T1 4 T2 6 T3

1 Operating voltage (three-phase mains voltage)
2 Control supply voltage
3 IN start input
4 ON output
5 DEVICE status LED
6 STATE / BYPASSED / FAILURE status LED
7 Ramp-up time
8 Starting voltage
9 Motor terminals

10.2 Operator controls, displays, and connections on the 3RW40

SIEMENS SIRIUS 1 L1 3 L2 5 L3 ① ② ③ ⑦ ⑧ ⑱ ⑬ ⑬ ⑬ ⑭ ⑩ ⑪ ⑫ ⑬ ⑯ ⑰ ⑱ ⑲ ⑬ ⑭ ⑮ ⑯ ⑰ ⑱ ⑲ ⑯ ⑰ ⑱ ⑲ ⑯ ⑰ ⑱ ⑲ ⑯ ⑰ ⑱ ⑲ ⑯ ⑰ ⑱ ⑲ ⑯ ⑰ ⑱ ⑲ ⑯ ⑰ ⑱ ⑲ ⑯ ⑰ ⑱ ⑲ ⑯ ⑰ ⑱ ⑲ ⑯

1 Operating voltage (three-phase mains voltage)
2 Control supply voltage
3 IN start input
4 ON / RUN output
5 BYPASSED output
6 DEVICE / STATE / BYPASSED / FAILURE status LEDs
7 OVERLOAD, RESET MODE status LEDs
8 TEST / RESET button
9 Current limiting
10 Ramp-up time
11 Starting voltage
12 Ramp-down time
13 Trip class
14 Motor current
16 Fault output
17 Motor terminals

15 Thermistor input (can be optionally ordered with 24 V AC/DC control voltage for 3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4. devices)

18 RESET MODE button (behind the label on the 3RW40 2., refer to the diagram below)

RW-01200 1 2 3RW40 2... 3 RESET MODE

Figure 10-1 Button for setting RESET MODE behind the label

10.2 Operator controls, displays, and connections on the 3RW40

11.1 Configuration in general

The SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 electronic soft starters are designed for normal starting. A larger size may need to be selected for longer ramp-up times or a higher starting frequency.

An appropriately dimensioned SIRIUS 3RW40 or 3RW44 soft starter should be chosen for startup processes with motor ramp-up times >20 s.

The motor feeder between the soft starter and motor must not contain any capacitive elements (such as compensation systems). Active filters must not be operated in combination with soft starters.

All elements of the main circuit (such as fuses and switching devices) must be dimensioned for direct starting and according to the on-site short-circuit conditions, and ordered separately.

The harmonic component load of the starting current must be taken into consideration when selecting motor starter protectors (trip selection).

Note

Voltage dips generally occur in all start modes (direct starting, wye-delta starting, soft starting) when a three-phase motor is switched on. The infeed transformer must always be dimensioned so that the voltage dip at the motor startup remains within the permissible tolerance. If the infeed transformer is insufficiently dimensioned, the control voltage should be supplied from a separate circuit (independently of the main voltage) in order to prevent the voltage dip from disconnecting the 3RW.

Note

All elements of the main circuit (such as fuses, motor starter protectors, and switching devices) must be dimensioned for direct starting and according to the on-site short-circuit conditions, and ordered separately.

If wye-delta starters are exchanged for soft starters in an existing system, you should check the fuse ratings in the feeder in order to avoid false tripping. This is particularly important in connection with heavy-duty starting or if the fuse that is installed has already been operated close to the thermal tripping limit with the wye-delta assembly.

For recommended fuse and motor starter protector ratings for the feeder with soft starter, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

11.1.1 Configuration procedure

  1. Select the correct starter
    What application must be started and what functionality must be provided by the soft starter?
    Chapter Selecting the optimum soft starter [Page 74]
  2. Take account of the startup class and the switching frequency
    Chapters Startup class [Page 76] and Calculating the permissible switching frequency [Page 81]

11.1 Configuration in general

  1. Take account of a possible reduction in the soft starter's rated data due to the ambient conditions and the type of assembly.

Chapter Reducing the rated data [Page 80]

11.1.2 Selecting the optimum soft starter

Selection aid

You can choose the optimum starter from the soft starter types available based on the intended application or the required functionality.

Normal starting (CLASS 10) applications3RW30 3RW40 3RW44
Pump+
Pump with special stop (against water hammer) - - +
Heat pump + + +
Hydraulic pump x + +
Pressx + +
Conveyor beltx + +
Roller conveyor x + +
Conveyor wormx + +
Escalator- + +
Piston compressor- + +
Screw compressor- + +
Small fan^1) -++
Centrifugal blower- + +
Bow thruster- + +
  • Recommended soft starter
    x Possible soft starter
    1) Small fan: Mass inertia (centrifugal mass) of fan < 10 x mass inertia of motor
Heavy-duty starting (CLASS 20) applications3RW30 3RW40 3RW44
Agitator- x +
Extruder- x +
Turning machine- x +
Milling machine- x +
  • Recommended soft starter
    x Possible soft starter
Ultra-heavy-duty starting (CLASS 30) applications3RW30 3RW40 3RW44
Large fan2)--+
Circular saw / band saw -- +
Centrifuge -- +
Mi||-
Crusher -- +
  • Recommended soft starter
    2) Large fan: Mass inertia (centrifugal mass) of fan >= 10 x mass inertia of motor

Soft starter functions 3RW30 3RW40 3RW44

Soft start function + + +
Soft stop function - + +
Integrated intrinsic device protection - + +
Integrated electronic motor overload protection - + +
Settable current limiting - + +
Special pump stop function- - +
Braking in ramp-down- - +
Settable breakaway torque- - +
Communication via PROFIBUS (optional)- - +
External operation and indication display (optional)- - +
Soft Starter ES parameterization software--+
Special functions, e.g. measured values, display languages etc.--+
Motor overload protection acc. to ATEX- + -
  • Recommended soft starter

Note

SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starter

For more information about the SIRIUS soft starter, refer to the 3RW44 System Manual. You can download (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/lllsapi.dll?func=cslib.csinfo&lang=de&objID=20356385&subtype=133300) the manual free of charge.

11.2 Startup class

11.2 Startup class

To achieve the optimum soft starter design, it is important to know and take into account the ramp-up time (startup class) of the application. Long ramp-up times mean a higher thermal load on the thyristors of the soft starter. An appropriately dimensioned SIRIUS 3RW40 or 3RW44 soft starter should be chosen for startup processes with a motor ramp-up time >20 s. The maximum permissible ramp-up time for SIRIUS 3RW30 soft starters is 20 seconds. SIRIUS soft starters are designed for continuous operation with normal starting (CLASS 10), an ambient temperature of 40 °C, and a defined switching frequency (refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]). If other data applies, the starters may need to be calculated with a size allowance. Using the SIEMENS Win-Soft Starter selection and simulation software, you can enter your application data and requirements to obtain an optimally dimensioned soft starter (refer to chapter Win-Soft Starter selection and simulation software [Page 162]).

CAUTION

Risk of property damage

When using the 3RW30: Make sure the selected ramp time is longer than the actual motor ramp-up time. If not, the SIRIUS 3RW30 may be damaged because the internal bypass contacts close when the set ramp time elapses. If the motor has not finished starting up, an AC3 current that could damage the bypass contact system will flow.

When using the 3RW40: The 3RW40 has an integrated ramp-up detection function that prevents this operating state from occurring.

Selection criteria

Note

You must select the size of your SIRIUS soft starters according to the rated motor current (rated current _soft starter >= rated motor current).

11.2.1 Application examples for normal starting (CLASS 10) with 3RW30 and 3RW40

Assuming the conditions and constraints indicated below apply, the size of the soft starters can be equivalent to the motor rating for a normal starting characteristic (CLASS 10).

You can find a suitable soft starter for the required motor rating based on the required startup class in chapter Technical data [Page 121].

For typical applications where normal starting applies as well as recommended parameter settings for the soft starter, refer to the table below.

Normal starting (CLASS 10)
The soft starter rating can be equivalent to the motor rating.

ApplicationConveyor beltRoller conveyorCompressor1)PumpSmall fanheat / hydraulic pump
Start parameters
• Voltage ramp and current limiting
- Starting voltage%706050404040
- Ramp-up times101010101010
- Current limiting value (3RW40)Off (5 x I_M )Off (5 x I_M )4 x I_M 4 x I_M 4 x I_M 4 x I_M
Stop modeSoft stop(3RW40 only)Soft stop(3RW40 only)Stop without loadStop without load(3RW40 only)Stop without loadSoft stop

1) Small fan: Mass inertia (centrifugal mass) of fan < 10 x mass inertia of motor

General conditions and constraints
CLASS 10 (normal starting)
3RW30: Maximum ramp-up time 3 s, 300 % starting current, 20 starts / hour
3RW40: Maximum ramp-up time 10 s, 300 % current limiting, 5 starts / hour
ON time 30 %
Standalone assembly
Installation altitude Max. 1000 m / 3280 ft
Ambient temperature kW 40 °C / 104 °F

11.2 Startup class

11.2.2 Application examples for heavy-duty starting (CLASS 20): 3RW40 only

Assuming the conditions and constraints indicated below apply, the soft starter size must be at least one power class higher than the motor rating for heavy-duty starting (CLASS 20).

You can find a suitable soft starter for the required motor rating based on the required startup class in chapter Technical data [Page 121].

For typical applications where heavy-duty starting can apply as well as recommended parameter settings for the soft starter, refer to the table below.

Heavy-duty starting (CLASS 20)

The soft starter must be at least one power class larger than the motor rating.

ApplicationAgitatorExtruderMilling machine
Start parameters
• Voltage ramp and current limiting
- Starting voltage%407040
- Ramp-up times201020
- Current limiting value (3RW40) 4 × I_M Off ( 5 × I_M ) 4 × I_M
Stop modeStop without loadStop without loadStop without load
General conditions and constraints
CLASS 20 (heavy-duty starting)
3RW40 2. / 3RW40 3. / 3RW40 4. Maximum ramp-up time 20 s,300 % current limiting,max. 5 starts / hour
3RW40 5. / 3RW40 7. Maximum ramp-up time 40 s,350 % current limiting,max. 1 start / hour
ON time 30 %
Standalone assembly
Installation altitude Max. 1000 m / 3280 ft
Ambient temperature kW 40 °C / 104 °F

Note

The settings and device dimensions indicated in these tables are examples only; they are merely provided for information purposes and are not binding. The actual settings depend on the application and must be optimized when the equipment is commissioned.

If other conditions and constraints apply, either refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121] or check your requirements and selection with the Win-Soft Starter software or with Technical Assistance (chapter Important notes [Page 11])

11.3 ON time and switching frequency

Based on the rated motor current and the startup class, the SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 soft starters are dimensioned for a maximum permissible switching frequency in combination with a relative ON time (refer to chapter technical data [Page 121]). If these values are exceeded, a larger soft starter may have to be selected.

ON time

The relative ON time in % is the ratio between the load duration and the cycle duration for loads that are frequently switched on and off.

The ON time (OT) can be calculated using the following formula:

$$ O T = \frac {t _ {s} + t _ {b}}{t _ {s} + t _ {b} + t _ {p}} $$

where:

$$ \mathrm{OT} = \text { ON time } [ \% ] $$

$$ t _ {s} = \text { ramp - up time } [ s ] $$

$$ \mathbf {t _ {b}} = \text { operating time } [ s ] $$

$$ t _ {p} = \text { idle time } [ s ] $$

The following diagram illustrates this process.

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - ON time - 1

line | t | I_s | |-------|-----| | t_s | 0 | | t_b | 1 | | t_p | 0 | | t_p | 2 |

Figure 11-1 ON time

Switching frequency

The maximum permissible switching frequency must not be exceeded because the devices could be damaged due to thermal overloading.

Optional additional fan

The switching frequency of the 3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4. soft starters can be increased by installing an optional additional fan. For information about factors and how to determine the maximum switching frequency if an additional fan is installed, refer to chapter Calculating the permissible switching frequency [Page 81].

11.4 Reducing the rated data

11.4 Reducing the rated data

You can reduce the rated data of the SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 soft starters if

  • The installation altitude is higher than 1000 m.
  • The ambient temperature in the switching device's environment exceeds 40^ .
  • The lateral clearances described earlier are not complied with, e.g. side-by-side assembly or direct mounting of other switching devices (assembly type).
  • The vertical mounting position is not complied with.

11.5 Installation altitude and ambient temperature

Installation altitude

The permissible installation altitude must not be higher than 5000 m above sea level (higher than 5000 m on request).

If the installation altitude exceeds 1000 m, the rated operational current must be reduced for thermal reasons.

If the installation altitude exceeds 2000 m, the rated voltage must also be reduced owing to the restricted dielectric strength. A maximum permissible rated voltage of 460 V applies at installation altitudes between 2000 m and 5000 m above sea level.

The following diagram shows the reduction in the rated device current as a function of the installation altitude:

The rated operational current I_e must be reduced at altitudes higher than 1000 m above sea level.

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Installation altitude - 1

line | Mounting height in m | Rated operational current Ie in % | | -------------------- | --------------------------------- | | 0 | 100 | | 2000 | 100 | | 3000 | 98 | | 4000 | 94 | | 5000 | 90 | | 6000 | 85 | | 7000 | 80 | | 8000 | 75 | | 9000 | 72 |

Figure 11-2 Reduction as a function of the installation altitude

Ambient temperature

The maximum permissible ambient temperature of the soft starter must not exceed 60 °C .

SIRIUS 3RW30 and 3RW40 soft starters are designed for operation with nominal current at an ambient temperature of 40 °C. If this temperature is exceeded, e.g. owing to an impermissible temperature rise in the control cabinet, other loads, or a general increase in the ambient temperature, the resulting deterioration in the soft starter's performance must be

11.6 Calculating the permissible switching frequency

taken into account when the device is dimensioned (refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]).

CAUTION

Risk of property damage.

The soft starter may be damaged if the maximum installation altitude (5000 m above sea level) or an ambient temperature of 60 °C is ignored.

Mounting position, assembly type

The mounting position and assembly type (refer to chapter Installing the soft starter [Page 53]) can influence the soft starter's permissible switching frequency. Refer to chapter Calculating the permissible switching frequency [Page 81] for the permissible mounting and assembly combinations as well as the resulting factors for the soft starter switching frequencies.

11.6 Calculating the permissible switching frequency

11.6.1 Table of permissible assembly combinations with switching frequency factors

The factors indicated in the table refer to the switching frequency (starts / hour) as specified in chapter [Technical data [Page 121].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Table of permissible assembly combinations with switching frequency factors - 1

other | Category | Assembly Type | Vertical Mounting | |---|---|---| | Graph | Assembly type | 3RW301* | | A | Standalone assembly | 1.0 | | B | Side-by-side assembly | 0.7 | | C | Standalone assembly | 0.5 | | D | Side-by-side assembly | 0.3 | Horizontal Mounting Horizontal mounting Horizontal mountings Standard switching frequency High switching frequency (fan required) Reduced switching frequency Assembly type not permitted Assembly type not tested

11.6 Calculating the permissible switching frequency

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Calculating the permissible switching frequency - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    subgraph_Diagram_A["Diagram A"]
        A1["3RW"] --> A2["3RW"]
        A2 --> A3["3RW"]
        A3 --> A4["3RW"]
    end

    subgraph_Diagram_D["Diagram D"]
        D1["3RV"] --> D2["3RA"]
        D2 --> D3["3RW"]
        D3 --> D4["3RW"]
        D4 --> D5["3RW"]
        D5 --> D6["3RW"]
    end

    subgraph_Diagram_B["Diagram B"]
        B1["3RV"] --> B2["3RV"]
        B2 --> B3["3RV"]
        B3 --> B4["3RW"]
        B4 --> B5["3RW"]
        B5 --> B6["3RW"]
    end

    subgraph_Diagram_C["Diagram C"]
        C1["3RV"] --> C2["3RW"]
        C2 --> C3["3RW"]
        C3 --> C4["3RW"]
        C4 --> C5["3RW"]
    end

    A1 --> A2 --> A3 --> A4 --> A5 --> A6 --> A7 --> A8 --> A9 --> A10 --> A11 --> A12 --> A13 --> A14 --> A15 --> A16 --> A17 --> A18 --> A19 --> A20 --> A21 --> A22 --> A23 --> A24 --> A25 --> A26 --> A27 --> A28 --> A29 --> A30 --> A31 --> A32 --> A33 --> A34 --> A35 --> A36 --> A37 --> A38 --> A39 --> A40 --> A41 --> A42 --> A43 --> A44 --> A45 --> A46 --> A47 --> A48 --> A49 --> A50 --> A51 --> A52 --> A53 --> A54 --> A55 --> A56 --> A57 --> A58 --> A59 --> A60 --> A61 --> A62 --> A63 --> A64 --> A65 --> A66 --> A67 --> A68 --> A69 --> A70 --> A71 --> A72 --> A73 --> A74 --> A75 --> A76 --> A77 --> A78 --> A79 --> A80
    end

    style Diagram A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style Diagram D fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style Diagram B fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style Diagram C fill:#fcc,stroke:#333

Combination with optional 3RT line contactor. The minimum clearance between the 3RW and 3RT corresponds to the minimum clearance (b/c) in the diagram of clearances from other devices. Assembly type not permitted Diagram A 3RW 3RT 3RA 3RA 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW

Assembly of 3RW with 3RV2 motor starter protector, 3RA link module, cable, and 3RT line contactor. The minimum clearance between the 3RW, 3RV, and 3RT corresponds to the minimum clearance (b/c) in the diagram of clearances from other devices.

Diagram A 3RV 3RA 3RA 3RA 3RA 3RA 3RA 3RA 3RA 3RT 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RW

Assembly of 3RW with 3RV2 motor starter protector and 3RT line contactor with cable. The minimum clearance between the 3RV and 3RT corresponds to the minimum clearance (b/c) in the diagram of clearances from other devices.

Diagram A 3RV 3RV 3RW 3RT 3RT 3RW Diagram B 3RV 3RV 3RV 3RV 3RV 3RV 3RV 3RW 3RW 3RW 3RT 3RT 3RW 3RT 3RT 3RT 3RW 3RW 3RW

11.6 Calculating the permissible switching frequency

MLFB a (mm) a (in) b(mm) b (in) c (mm) c (in)
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Calculating the permissible switching frequency - 1Figure 11-3 Clearances from other devices3RW30 1./3RW30 2. 150.59602.36 401.56
3RW30 3./3RW30 4 301.18602.36 401.56
3RW40 2. 15 0.59 60 2.36401.56
3RW40 3./3RW40 4. 301.18602.36 401.56
3RW40 5./3RW40 7. 50.21004753

11.6.2 Calculating the switching frequency (example)

Problem

The maximum permissible switching frequency of a 5.5 kW (12.5 A) 3RW4024 soft starter must be determined. The requirements are side-by-side assembly and vertical mounting. A ramp-up time of approx. 3 s at an ambient temperature of 40 °C is specified as a supplementary condition (e.g. a pump motor with CLASS 10 starting). The soft starter must be connected to a 3RV2021 motor starter protector by means of cables. (Clearance between 3RV and 3RW >= 40 mm)

Calculating the number of starts / hour of a 3RW40 for side-by-side assembly and vertical mounting

Diagram B 3RV 3RV 3RV 3RW 3RW 3RW

Vertical mounting Graph Assembly type 3RW30 3RW40 3RW301* 3RW302* 3RW303* 3RW304* A Standalone assembly 1.0 B Side-by-side assembly 0.7 0.1 0.3 0.3 C Standalone assembly 0.5 D Side-by-side assembly 0.3 1.0 0.1 0.3 0.5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Type3RW4024
Power electronics
Load rating with rated operational current I_e According to IEC and UL/CSA ^1) ,for standalone assembly,AC-53a
- At 40°CA12.5
- At 50°CA11
- At 60°CA10
Minimum settable rated motor current I_M for the motor overload protectionA5
Power loss
- During operation after successful startup with uninterrupted rated operational current (40°C) approx.W2
- During starting with current limit set to 300% I_M( 40^ C) W68
Permissible rated motor current and starts per hour
- For normal starting (CLASS 10) - Rated motor current I_M^2) ,ramp-up time 3 s - Starts per hour ^3) A12.5
1/h50

Assembly of a 3RV2021 motor starter protector and connection of a 3RW40 24 soft starter with cables and vertical mounting for CLASS 10 starting:

Switching frequency of 3RW40 with standalone assembly: 50 1/h

Switching frequency factor for diagram B without a fan: 0.1

Switching frequency factor for diagram B with a fan 1): 1.6

Maximum permissible switching frequency:

Without fan 50 1/h x 0.1 = 5 1/h

With fan 1): 50 1/h x 1.6 = 80 1/h

1) Optional fan: 3RW49 28-8VB00

Result

The pump could be started five times an hour providing the above assembly conditions are complied with (side-by-side assembly, vertical mounting). A switching frequency of up to 80 starts per hour can be achieved by equipping the 3RW4026 with the optional 3RW4928-8VB00 fan.

11.7 Configuration aids

11.7 Configuration aids

11.7.1 Online configurator

Using the online configurator, you can select soft starters based on the rated motor data and the specified device functionality. The selection of the soft starter is subject to fixed conditions and constraints, such as switching frequency, startup class etc. These conditions cannot be changed. You can find the online configurator at www.siemens.de/sanftstarter (https://mall.automation.siemens.com/WW/guest/configurators/ipc/ipcFrameset.asp?serumpage=guilpc&urlParams=PROD%5FID%3D3RW&MLFB=&proxy=mall%2Eautomation%2Esiemens%2Ecom&retURL=%2FWW%2Fguest%2Findex%2Easp%3FnodeID%3D9990301%26lang%3Dde&lang=en).

11.7.2 Win-Soft Starter selection and simulation software

The Win-Soft Starter software can be used to simulate and select all SIEMENS soft starters, taking into account various parameters such as the supply system conditions, motor data, load data, high switching frequencies etc.

It is a useful tool, which does away with the need for time-consuming and complex manual calculations if you need to select the optimum soft starter for your particular case.

Further information under:

www.siemens.de/sanftstarter > software > Win-Soft Starter (http:// www.automation.siemens.com/mcms/low-voltage/en/industrial-controls/controls/solid-state-switching-devices/soft/software/win-soft-starter/Pages/default.aspx)

11.7.3 Technical Assistance

SIEMENS Technical Assistance offers personal support to help you find the optimum device and provides assistance with technical queries relating to low-voltage switchgear and controlgear

Technical Assistance:Phone: +49 (0) 911-895-5900 ( 8^ - 17^ CET) Fax: +49 (0) 911-895-5907e-mail: (mailto:technical-assistance@siemens.com)Internet: (www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/technical-assistance)

11.7.4 SIRIUS soft starter training course (SD-SIRIUSO)

SIEMENS offers a two-day training course on SIRIUS electronic soft starters to keep both customers and our own employees up to date with the latest information about configuring, commissioning, and maintenance.

Please address all inquiries and enrollments to:

Training Center Erlangen

A&D PT 4

11.8 Order number system for the 3RW30

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Order number system for the 3RW30 - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Soft starter"] --> B["Soft starter type"]
    B --> C["Size / rated operating current I_e"]
    C --> D["Connection type (screw/spring-loaded terminal)"]
    D --> E["Soft starter functionality (BB=Bypass etc.)"]
    E --> F["Rated control supply voltage U_s"]
    F --> G["Rated operational voltage U_e"]
    G --> H["Special versions"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style H fill:#ccf,stroke:#333

Rated current and rated power at U_e=400 V/460 V and T_amb=40 ^/50 ^

13 le = 3.6 A / 3 A Pe = 1.5 kW / 1.5 hp Size S00
14 le = 6.5 A / 4.8 A Pe = 3 kW / 3 hp
16 le = 9.0 A / 7.8 A Pe = 4 kW / 5 hp
17 le = 12.5 A / 11 APe = 5.5 kW / 7.5 hp
18 le = 17.6 A / 17 APe = 7.5 kW / 10 hp
26 le = 25 A / 23 APe = 11 kW / 15 hpSize S0
27 le = 32 A / 29 APe = 15 kW / 20 hp
28 le = 38 A / 34 APe = 18.5 kW / 25 hp
36 le = 45 A / 42 APe = 22 kW / 30 hpSize S2
37 le = 63 A / 58 APe = 30 kW / 40 hp
38 le = 72 A / 62 APe = 37 kW / 40 hp
46 le = 80 A / 73 APe = 45 kW / 50 hpSize S3
47 le = 106 A / 398 APe = 55 kW / 75 hp

For more information, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

11.9 Order number system for the 3RW40

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Order number system for the 3RW40 - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["3 R W 4 = 0 2 -41 = B B 1 4"] --> B["Soft starter"]
    C["Special versions"] --> D["Rated operational voltage Ue"]
    C --> E["Rated control supply voltage Us"]
    C --> F["Soft starter functionality (BB = bypass, TB = bypass + thermistor etc.)"]
    C --> G["Connection type (screw / spring-loaded)"]
    C --> H["Size / rated operational current Ie"]
    C --> I["Soft starter type"]

Rated current and rated power at U_e=400 V/460 V and T_amb=40 ^/50 ^

24 le = 12.5 A / 11 A Pe = 5.5 kW / 7.5 hp Size S0

26 le = 25 A / 23 A Pe = 11 kW / 15 hp

27 le = 32 A / 29 A Pe = 15 kW / 20 hp

28 le = 38 A / 34 A Pe = 18.5 kW / 25 hp

36 le = 45 A / 42 A Pe = 22 kW / 30 hp Size S2

37 le = 63 A / 58 A Pe = 30 kW / 40 hp

38 le = 72 A / 62 A Pe = 37 kW / 40 hp

46 le = 80 A / 73 A Pe = 45 kW / 50 hp Size S3

47 le = 106 A / 98 A Pe = 55 kW / 75 hp

55 le = 132 A / 117 A Pe = 75 kW / 75 hp Size S6

56 le = 160 A / 145 A Pe = 90 kW / 100 hp

73 le = 230 A / 205 A Pe = 132 kW / 150 hp Size S12

74 le = 280 A / 248 A Pe = 160 kW / 200 hp

75 le = 350 A / 315 A Pe = 200 kW / 250 hp

76 le = 432 A / 385 A Pe = 250 kW / 300 hp

For more information, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

11.9 Order number system for the 3RW40

12.1 Before commencing work: Isolating the equipment from the supply system and ensuring that it cannot be reconnected.

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Before commencing work: Isolating the equipment from the supply system and ensuring that it cannot be reconnected. - 1

DANGER

Hazardous voltage Will cause death or serious injury.

  • Disconnect the system and all devices from the power supply before starting work.
  • Secure against switching on again.
  • Verify that the equipment is not live.
    • Ground and short-circuit.
  • Erect barriers around or cover adjacent live parts.

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - DANGER - 1

DANGER

Hazardous voltage Will cause death or serious injury.

Qualified Personnel.

The equipment / system may only be commissioned and operated by qualified personnel. For the purpose of the safety information in these Operating Instructions, a "qualified person" is someone who is authorized to energize, ground, and tag equipment, systems, and circuits in accordance with established safety procedures.

12.2 Commissioning the 3RW30

12.2 Commissioning the 3RW30

Commissioning, description of the start and output parameters

SIEMENS SIRIUS 100000 非接触电源 217 412 873

12.2.1 Commissioning procedure

  1. Check the voltages and wiring.
  2. Set the start parameters (for recommended parameters, refer to the quick commissioning table).
  3. Start up the motor and if necessary optimize the parameters (refer to the quick commissioning table).
  4. Document the parameter settings if required (refer to chapter Table of parameters used [Page 205]).

12.2.2 Quick commissioning of the 3RW30 and optimization of the parameters

CAUTION

Risk of property damage.

Connection to unassigned terminals is not permitted.

Recommended settingStart parameters
ApplicationStarting voltage % SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - CAUTION - 1Ramp time s SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - CAUTION - 2
Conveyor belt70 10
Roller conveyor60 10
Compressor50 20
Small fan40 20
Pump40 10
Hydraulic pump40 10
Agitator40 20

CAUTION

Risk of property damage.

Take account of the switching frequency (refer to the technical data). The soft starter could be damaged if the switching frequency is too high.

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - CAUTION - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["1. Disconnect the soft starter (IN1 --> 0).\n2. Increase the ramp time (turn the potentiometer clockwise)."] --> B["Motor:"]
    C["1. Disconnect the soft starter (IN1 --> 0).\n2. Reduce the ramp time (turn the potentiometer counterclockwise)."] --> B
    D["1. Disconnect the soft starter (IN1 --> 0).\n2. Increase the starting voltage (turn the potentiometer clockwise)."] --> E["Motor:"]
    F["1. Disconnect the soft starter (IN1 --> 0).\n2. Reduce the starting voltage (turn the potentiometer counterclockwise)."] --> E
    G["4. Connect the soft starter (IN0 --> 1)"] --> H{LEDs: "DEVICE" lit continuously (green), "STATE / BYPASSED" flashing (green)?}
    H -->|No| I["Commissioning complete"]
    H -->|Yes| J{Does the motor start up smoothly?}
    J -->|No| K["Motor:"]
    J -->|Yes| L{Does the motor reach its nominal speed rapidly within the specified time?}
    L -->|No| M["Motor:"]
    L -->|Yes| N["Disconnect the soft starter (IN1 --> 0)."]
    N --> O["Commissioning complete"]
    P["The motor reaches its nominal speed\n- After the set ramp time\n- With a torque increase that is too rapid\n- With a starting current that is too high"] --> B
    P --> E
    Q["The motor reaches its nominal speed\n- Much faster than the set ramp time\n- Not at all (sticks)"] --> B
    R["The motor does not start immediately but hums"] --> E

12.2.3 Setting the soft start function

Voltage ramp

The SIRIUS 3RW30 achieves soft starting by means of a voltage ramp. The motor terminal voltage is increased from a parameterizable starting voltage to the mains voltage within a definable ramp time.

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Voltage ramp - 1
② M_Soft start Longer ramp time
③ M_Load (e.g. Fan)

12.2.4 Setting the starting voltage

U potentiometer

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - U potentiometer - 1

The starting voltage value is set with the U potentiometer. This value determines the starting torque of the motor. A lower starting voltage results in a lower starting torque (softer start) and a lower starting current.

The starting voltage selected must be sufficiently high to ensure that motor starts up smoothly as soon as the start command is received by the soft starter.

12.2.5 Setting the ramp time

t potentiometer

5 10 √t 0 20s

You define the length of the required ramp time with the t potentiometer. The ramp time determines the time taken to increase the motor voltage from the parameterized starting voltage to the mains voltage. This time merely influences the motor's acceleration torque, which drives the load during the ramp-up process. The actual motor starting times are load-dependent and can differ from the 3RW soft starter settings.

A longer ramp time results in a lower starting current and a reduced acceleration torque as the motor starts up. The startup is slower and smoother as a result. The ramp time must be long enough for the motor to reach its nominal speed. If the time selected is too short, in other words if the ramp time ends before the motor has started up successfully, a very high starting current that can even equal the direct starting current at the same speed occurs at this instant.

The SIRIUS 3RW30 soft starter can be damaged in this application (set ramp time shorter than the actual motor ramp-up time). A maximum ramp-up time of 20 s is possible for the 3RW30. An appropriately dimensioned SIRIUS 3RW40 or 3RW44 soft starter should be chosen for startup processes with a motor ramp-up time > 20 s.

CAUTION

Risk of property damage

Make sure the selected ramp time is longer than the actual motor ramp-up time. If not, the SIRIUS 3RW30 may be damaged because the internal bypass contacts close when the set ramp time elapses. If the motor has not finished starting up, an AC3 current that could damage the bypass contact system will flow.

When using the 3RW40: The 3RW40 has an integrated ramp-up detection function that prevents this operating state from occurring.

12.2.6 ON output

ON output contact

13 14 NO ON

IN
1 tR on t

U U_N U_S t_R on t

ON 13/14
tR on t

Figure 12-1 State diagram of the ON output contact

The output contact at terminal 13/14 (ON) closes if a signal is present at terminal 1 (IN); it remains closed until the start command is removed.

The output can be used, for instance, to control a line contactor connected upstream or to implement latching if you selected pushbutton control. For recommended circuits, refer to chapter Typical circuit diagrams [Page 167].

For the state diagram of the contacts in the various operating states, refer to chapter 3RW30: LEDs and troubleshooting [Page 44].

12.3 3RW30: LEDs and troubleshooting

LEDs on 3RW30Auxiliary contact
Soft starter
3RW30DEVICE(rd/gn/ylw)STATE/BYPASSED/FAILURE(gn/rd)13 14/(ON)
U_S = 0
Operating stateIN
Off0
Start1
Bypassed1
Fault
Impermissible electronics supply voltage1)
Bypass overload2)
- Missing load voltage1)- Phase failure, missing load1)
Device fault3)

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW30: LEDs and troubleshooting - 1

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW30: LEDs and troubleshooting - 2

LEDs[322H]
==ylwrd gn
Off=ONFlashingGreen=Red=Yelow

1) The fault is automatically reset by an outgoing event. An automatic restart is initiated and the 3RW restarted if a start command is present at the input.

WARNING
Automatic restartDanger of death, serious injury, or property damage.
If you do not want the motor to start automatically, you must integrate suitable additional components, e.g. phase failure or load monitoring devices, into the control and main circuits.

2) The fault can be acknowledged by removing the start command at the start input.
3) Switch off the control voltage, then switch it on again. If the fault is still present, contact your SIEMENS partner or Technical Assistance.

For notes on troubleshooting, refer to the table below.

Fault Cause Remedy
Impermissible electronics supply voltageThe control supply voltage does not correspond to the soft starter's rated voltage.Check the control supply voltage; an incorrect control supply voltage could be caused by a power failure or a voltage dip.
Bypass overload A current > 3.5 x I _e of the soft starter occurs for > 60 ms in bypass mode (e.g. because the motor is blocked).Check the motor and load, and check the soft starter's dimensions.

12.4 Commissioning the 3RW40

Fault Cause Remedy
Missing load voltage, phase failure / missing loadCause 1: Phase L1 / L2 / L3 is missing or fails / collapses when the motor is operating.Tripped as a result of a dip in the permissible rated operational voltage > 15 % for > 100 ms during the startup process or > 200 ms in bypass mode.Connect L1 / L2 / L3 or correct the voltage dip.
Cause 2: The motor that is connected is too small and the fault occurs as soon as it is switched to bypass mode.If less than 10 % of the soft starter's rated current is flowing, the motor cannot be operated with soft starter. Use another soft starter.
Cause 3: Motor phase T1 / T2 / T3 is not connected.Connect the motor properly (e.g. jumpers in the motor terminal box, repair switch closed etc.)
Device fault Soft starter defective.Contact your SIEMENS partner orTechnical Assistance.

12.4 Commissioning the 3RW40

Commissioning, description of the start, stop, motor protection, and output parameters

SIEMENS SIRIUS 1.11 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 I1 J1 K1 L1 M1 N1 O1 P1 Q1 R1 S1 T1 U1 V1 W1 X MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTIU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU MINTUU

SIEMENS SIMILS 2F11 4F2 6F3

12.4.1 Commissioning procedure

  1. Check the voltages and wiring.
  2. Set the start and stop parameters (for recommended parameters, refer to the quick commissioning table).
  3. Set the motor overload function (if required)
  4. Define the RESET mode if a failure occurs.
  5. Start up the motor and if necessary optimize the parameters (refer to the quick commissioning table).
  6. Document the parameter settings if required.

12.4.2 Quick commissioning of the 3RW40 and optimization of the parameters

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Quick commissioning of the 3RW40 and optimization of the parameters - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Quick commissioning of SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starter"] --> B["1. Check the wiring - Control unit, and - Power unit"]
    B --> C["2. Parameterize the device Motor protection<br>- Set the rated motor current of the operating mechanism with the Ie adjuster<br>- Set the required trip class with the CLASS switch<br>Soft start function<br>- Current limiting value (x Ie)<br>- Ramp time (s)<br>- Ramp-down time (s)<br>Set to the required values (refer to table of recommended settings)."]
    C --> D["&quot;DEVICE&quot; LED lit continuously (green), all other LEDs off?"]
    D --> E{Yes}
    E -->|No| F["4. Connect the soft starter (IN0 --> 1)"]
    E -->|Yes| G["LEDs: &quot;DEVICE&quot; lit continuously (green), &quot;STATE / BYPASSED&quot; flashing (green)?"]
    G --> H{Yes}
    H -->|No| I["5. Disconnect the soft starter (IN1 --> 0)."]
    H -->|Yes| J{Does the motor start up smoothly?}
    J -->|No| K["7. Disconnect the soft starter (IN1 --> 0)."]
    J -->|Yes| L{Does the motor reach its nominal speed rapidly within the specified time?}
    L --> M{LEDs: "DEVICE" lit continuously (green), "STATE / BYPASSED" flashing (green)?}
    M -->|No| N["8. Disconnect the soft starter (IN1 --> 0)."]
    M -->|Yes| O["9. Disconnect the soft starter (IN1 --> 0)."]
    O --> P{LEDs: "DEVICE" lit continuously (green), "STATE / BYPASSED" flashing (green)?}
    P -->|No| Q["10. Disconnect the soft starter (IN1 --> 0)."]
    P -->|Yes| R["11. Disconnect the soft starter (IN1 --> 0)."]
    R --> S{LEDs: "DEVICE" lit continuously (green), "STATE / BYPASSED" flashing (green)?}
    S -->|No| T["12. Disconnect the soft starter (IN1 --> 0)."]
    S -->|Yes| U["13. Disconnect the soft starter (IN1 --> 0)."]
    U --> V{LEDs: "DEVICE" lit continuously (green), "STATE / BYPASSED" flashing (green)?}
    V -->|No| W["14. Disconnect the soft starter (IN1 --> 0)."]
    V -->|Yes| X["15. Disconnect the soft starter (IN1 --> 0)."]
    X --> Y{LEDs: "DEVICE" lit continuously (green), "STATE / BYPASSED" flashing (green)?}
    Y -->|No| Z["16. Disconnect the soft starter (IN1 --> 0)."]
    Y -->|Yes| AA["17. Disconnect the soft starter (IN1 --> 0)."]
    AA --> AB{LEDs: "DEVICE" lit continuously (green), "STATE / BYPASSED" flashing (green)?}
    AB -->|No| AC["18. Disconnect the soft starter (IN1 --> 0)."]
    AB -->|Yes| AD["19. Disconnect the soft starter (IN1 --> 0)."]
    AD --> AE{LEDs: "DEVICE" lit continuously (green), "STATE / BYPASSED" flashing (green)?}
    AE -->|No| AF["20. Disconnect the soft starter (IN1 --> 0)."]
    AE -->|Yes| AG["21. Disconnect the soft starter (IN1 --> 0)."]

12.4.3 Setting the soft start function

Voltage ramp

The SIRIUS 3RW40 achieves soft starting by means of a voltage ramp. The motor terminal voltage is increased from a parameterizable starting voltage to the mains voltage within a definable ramp time.

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Voltage ramp - 1

② M_Soft start Longer ramp time

③ M_Load (e.g. Fan)

12.4.4 Setting the starting voltage

U potentiometer

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - U potentiometer - 1

The starting voltage value is set with the U potentiometer. This value determines the starting torque of the motor. A lower starting voltage results in a lower starting torque (softer start) and a lower starting current.

The starting voltage selected must be sufficiently high to ensure that motor starts up smoothly as soon as the start command is received by the soft starter.

12.4.5 Setting the ramp time

t potentiometer

5 10 0 20s

You define the length of the required ramp time with the t potentiometer. The ramp time determines the time taken to increase the motor voltage from the parameterized starting voltage to the mains voltage. This time merely influences the motor's acceleration torque, which drives the load during the ramp-up process. The actual motor starting times are load-dependent and can differ from the 3RW soft starter settings.

A longer ramp time results in a lower starting current and a reduced acceleration torque as the motor starts up. The startup is slower and smoother as a result. The ramp time must be long enough for the motor to reach its nominal speed. If the time selected is too short, in other words if the ramp time ends before the motor has started up successfully, a very high starting current that can even equal the direct starting current at the same speed occurs at this instant.

The SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starter additionally limits the current to the value set with the current limiting potentiometer. As soon as the current limiting value is reached, the voltage ramp or the ramp time is interrupted and the motor is started with the current limiting value until it has started up successfully. In this case, the motor ramp-up times may be longer than the maximum parameterizable 20 seconds ramp time or the ramp time that is actually set on the soft starter (for further information about the maximum ramp-up times and switching frequencies, refer to the Technical data chapter >3RW30 13, 14, 16, 17, 18-.BB.. power electronics [Page 124]) ff. and 3RW40 24, 26, 27, 28 power electronics [Page 149] ff.).

12.4.6 Current limiting in conjunction with a starting voltage ramp and ramp-up detection

Current limiting
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Current limiting in conjunction with a starting voltage ramp and ramp-up detection - 1

line | Motor speed n | I_e motor | I_e motor starting | I_e motor setable current limiting value | | ------------- | --------- | ------------------ | ---------------------------------------- | | 0 | Low | High | Low | | n_e motor | Low | Low | Low | | >n_e motor | Decreasing | Decreasing | Decreasing |

The SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starter measures the phase current (motor current) continuously with the help of integrated current transformers.

The motor current that flows during the startup process can be actively limited by means of the soft starter. The current limiting function takes priority over the voltage ramp function.

As soon as a parameterizable current limit is reached, in other words, the voltage ramp is interrupted and the motor is started with the current limiting value until it has started up successfully. The current limiting function is always active with SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starters. If the current limiting potentiometer is set to the clockwise stop (maximum), the starting current is limited to five times the set rated motor current.

12.4.7 Setting the motor current

I_e potentiometer
le 96 101 93 104 91 106 A

SIEMIENS D-91056 ERLANDEN 3~ MOT. 1LG6 186-44A60-Z UC 0202/012415501 180 kg IM B3 180L IP 55 Th.CL F AMB 40 °C 50 Hz 400/690V Δ/Y 55 kW 100/58A cos φ 0,84 1470/min 380-420/660-725V Δ/Y IEC/EN 60034 NEMA NOM.EFF.52.4% 30 HP DESIGN A CODE K CC 032A MG1-12 SF 1.15 CONT. DEW0001

The rated operational current of the motor must be set with the I_e potentiometer according to the mains voltage and the motor connection (wye-delta). The electronic motor overload

12.4 Commissioning the 3RW40

protection also refers to this set value if it is active. For the permissible settings referred to the required motor overload trip class, refer to chapter Motor current settings [Page 107].

12.4.8 Setting the current limiting value

xl_e potentiometer

x1/2 13 - 5

The current limiting value is set with the x_l_e potentiometer to the maximum required starting current as a factor of the set rated motor current ( I_e ).

Example

• I_e potentiometer set to 100 A
- xI_e potentiometer set to 5 => current limiting 500 A.

As soon as the selected current limiting value is reached, the motor voltage is reduced or controlled by the soft starter to prevent the current from exceeding the limit. Since the starting current is asymmetrical, the set current corresponds to the arithmetic mean value for the three phases.

If the current limiting value is set to the equivalent of 100 A, the starting currents might be approx. 80 A in L1, 120 A in L2, and 100 A in L3 (refer to chapter Starting current asymmetry [Page 21]).

The set current limiting value must be high enough to ensure that the torque generated in the motor is sufficient to accelerate the motor to nominal speed. Three to four times the value of the motor's rated operational current (I_e) can be assumed as typical here.

The current limiting function is always active because it is required by the intrinsic device protection. If the current limiting potentiometer is set to the clockwise stop (maximum), the starting current is limited to five times the set rated motor current.

12.4.9 Ramp-up detection

The SIRIUS soft starter has a motor ramp-up detection function that is always active regardless of the start mode. If it detects a motor startup, the motor voltage is immediately increased to 100% of the mains voltage. The thyristors of the soft starter are bridged by the bypass contacts integrated in the device and the successful startup is indicated by means of the BYPASS output and the STATE / BYPASSED LED.

12.5 Setting the soft stop function

In "soft stop" mode, the natural stop process of the load is decelerated. The function is used when the load must be prevented from stopping abruptly. This is typically the case in applications with a low mass inertia or a high counter-torque.

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Setting the soft stop function - 1

line | Time (s) | Voltage U in (%) | | :--- | :--- | | 0 | Umains (100%) | | Ramp-down time (t) | 0 | | Stop command on soft starter | 0 |

12.5.1 Setting the ramp-down time

t potentiometer

5 10 0 20s t

You can set a ramp-down time with the t potentiometer. This determines how long power should still be supplied to the motor after the ON command is removed. The torque generated in the motor is reduced by means of a voltage ramp function within this ramp-down time and the application stops smoothly.

If the potentiometer is set to 0, there is no voltage ramp during stopping (stop without load).

12.6 Setting the motor protection function

The motor overload protection function is implemented on the basis of the winding temperature. This indicates whether the motor is overloaded or functioning in the normal operating range.

The winding temperature can either be calculated with the help of the integrated, electronic motor overload function or measured with a connected motor thermistor.

12.6 Setting the motor protection function

12.6.1 Setting the electronic motor overload protection

20 15 OFF 10 CLASS 96 101 93 104 91 105 A

SIEMIENS D-91058 ERLANGEN 3~ MOT. 1LG6 186-4A60-2 UC 0202/012415501 180 kg IM B3 180L IP 55 Th.CL F AMB 40 °C 50 Hz 400/690V Δ/Y 55 kW 100/58 A cos φ 0,84 1470 /min 380-120/660-725V δ/Y IEC/EN 60034 NEMA NOM.EFT.92,4% 30 HP DESIGN A CODE K CC 032A MG1-12 SF 1.15 CONT. DENW0001

I_e potentiometer

The rated operational current of the motor must be set with the I_e potentiometer according to the mains voltage and the motor connection (wye-delta).

The current flow during motor operation is measured by measuring the current with transformers integrated in the soft starter. This value is also used for the current limiting function. The temperature rise in the winding is calculated based on the rated operational current set for the motor.

CLASS potentiometer

You can set the required trip class (10, 15, or 20) with the CLASS potentiometer. A trip is generated by the soft starter when the standardized characteristic is reached, depending on the trip class (CLASS setting).

The trip class specifies the maximum time within which a protective device must trip from a cold state at 7.2 x the rated operational current (motor protection to IEC 60947). The tripping characteristics represent this time as a function of the tripping current (refer to chapter Motor protection tripping characteristics for 3RW40 (with symmetry) [Page 161]).

You can set different CLASS characteristics according to the startup class. If the potentiometer is set to OFF, the "electronic motor overload protection" function is deactivated.

Note

The rated data of the soft starters refers to normal starting (CLASS 10). The starters may need to be calculated with a size allowance for heavy-duty starting (> CLASS 10). You can only set a rated motor current that is lower than the soft starter rated current (refer to chapter Motor current settings [Page 107]); if not, a fault will be indicated by the OVERLOAD LED (red flashing) and it will not be possible to start the SIRIUS 3RW soft starter.

12.6.2 Motor current settings

Motor current settings

I_e [A] Imin [A] I_max [A]CLASS 10 I_max [A]CLASS 15 I_max [A]CLASS 20
3RW40 24-... 125 5 12.5 11 10
3RW40 26-... 253 10.3 25.3 23 21
3RW40 27-... 322 17.2 32.2 30 27
3RW40 28-... 3823 38 34 31
3RW40 36-... 4522.5 45 42 38
3RW40 37-... 6325.5 63 50 46
3RW40 38-... 7234.5 72 56 50
3RW40 46-... 8042.5 80 70 64
3RW40 47-... 10646 106 84 77
3RW40 55-... 13459 134 134 124
3RW40 56-... 16287 162 152 142
3RW40 73-... 23080 230 210 200
3RW40 74-... 280130 280 250 230
3RW40 75-... 356131 356 341 311
3RW40 76-... 432207 432 402 372

12.6.3 Motor protection acc. to ATEX

Refer to the information in chapter Motor protection / intrinsic device protection (3RW40 only) [Page 32].

12.7 Thermistor motor protection

12.7 Thermistor motor protection

(Optional for 3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4. with 24 V AC/DC rated control voltage)

3RW4047-IT804 T11/T21 T12 T22 T11/T21 T12 T22 9 9

Klixon thermistor Type A PTC thermistor

Thermistor motor protection

After removing the copper jumper between T11/21 and T22, you can connect and evaluate either a Klixon thermistor integrated in the motor winding (at terminal T11/T21-T22) or a type A PTC (at terminal T11/T21-T12).

12.8 Motor protection trip test

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Motor protection trip test - 1

RESET/TEST

TEST / RESET button

You initiate a motor overload trip by pressing the RESET / TEST button for longer than five seconds. The SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starter is tripped by the fault signal at the OVERLOAD LED, the FAILURE / OVERLOAD contact 95-98 closes, and the motor that is connected and running is switched off.

12.9 Functions of the outputs

12.9.1 Functions of the BYPASSED and ON / RUN outputs

13 14/24 23 NO NO ON/RUN BYPASSED

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Functions of the BYPASSED and ON / RUN outputs - 2

line | Time | Signal | Duration | |------|--------|----------| | IN 13/14 | U_N | On | | IN 13/14 | U_S | Off | | ON 13/14 | U_N | On | | ON 13/14 | U_S | Off | | RUN 13/14 | U_N | On | | RUN 13/14 | U_S | Off | | BYPASSED 23/24 | U_N | On | | BYPASSED 23/24 | U_S | Off |

BYPASSED output contact

The BYPASSED output at terminal 23 / 24 closes as soon as the SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starter detects that the motor has started up (refer to chapter Ramp-up detection [Page 104]). The integral bypass contacts simultaneously close and the thyristors are bridged. The integral bypass contacts and output 23 / 24 open again as soon as the start input IN is removed.

ON / RUN output contact

ON function set: The potential-free output contact at terminal 13/14 (ON) closes if a signal is present at terminal 1 (IN); it remains closed until the start command is removed (factory default). The ON function can be used, for instance, as a latching contact if you selected pushbutton control (refer to chapter Control by pushbutton [Page 168]).

Reparameterizing the output of the ON function (factory default) to RUN

You can reparameterize the output function from ON to RUN by simultaneously pressing two buttons (refer to chapter Parameterizing the 3RW40 outputs [Page 110]).

RUN function set: The potential-free output contact at terminal 13/14 closes if a signal is present at terminal 1 (IN); it remains closed until the start command is removed and after that until the set ramp-down time has elapsed.

If the RUN function is set, you can control a line contactor during the startup process, operation, or the set soft stop (refer to chapter Control with an optional main / line contactor [Page 1/7])

12.9 Functions of the outputs

For recommended circuits, refer to chapter Typical circuit diagrams [Page 167].

12.9.2 Parameterizing the 3RW40 outputs

Programming the ON / RUN output 13/14 on the SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starter
SIEMENS U=200...460V SIRIUS DEVICE □ STATE/BYPASSSED/□ FAILURE □ (3) (4) (1) —— RESET/TEST □ (2) —— RESET MODE MAN □ AUTO 122 137 OFF CLASS 102 87 162A 20 10 0 100% 40 100% 0 20s (2) —— RESET/TEST □ (3) (4)

Figure 12-2 Overview of buttons / LEDs on the 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4 and 3RW40 5 to 3RW40 7

ABCDE
RESET / TEST (1)+ >2 s => 1 ss1 >s1 >Press to storeHold pressed down
RESET MODE (2)
==== = =
DEVICE (3)gn=gn=rd=rd=gn
STATE BYPASSED (4)● OFF=OFFON/ RUNRUN/ ON● OFF
FAILURE● OFF=OFFOFFO●O●
AUTO● / ☐☐ / ●● / ☐
OFFONFlashingFlickering

Reparameterizing the ON / RUN output

A: Control voltage is present and the soft starter is in the normal, fault-free position: The DEVICE LED is continuously lit (green) while the STATE / BYPASSED and FAILURE LEDs are off. The AUTO LED indicates the color of the set RESET mode.

B: Start programming: (On the 3RW40 2 device, remove the RESET MODE cover as shown in chapter Setting the RESET MODE [Page 113].) Press the RESET MODE button (2) for longer than 2 s until the DEVICE LED (3) flickers (green). Hold the RESET MODE button (2) pressed down. C: Simultaneously press the RESET / TEST button (1) for longer than 1 s until the DEVICE LED (3) lights up (red). The active mode set at the ON / RUN output is indicated by the STATE / BYPASSED / FAILURE LED (4): STATE / BYPASSED / FAILURE LED (4) flashes (green): ON mode (factory setting). STATE / BYPASSED / FAILURE LED (4) flickers (green): RUN mode.

D: Change the mode: Press the RESET MODE button (2) briefly. By pressing this button, you change the mode at the output, and the new mode is indicated by the STATE / BYPASSED / FAILURE LED (4): STATE / BYPASSED / FAILURE LED (4) flickers (green): RUN mode is set. STATE / BYPASSED / FAILURE LED (4) flashes (green): ON mode is set.

E: Exit programming and save the settings: Press the RESET / TEST MODE button (1) for longer than 1 s until the DEVICE LED (3) lights up (green). The LEDs indicate the following states again if the output was successfully parameterized:

12.9 Functions of the outputs

DEVICE LED: Continuously lit (green).

STATE / BYPASSED and FAILURE LEDs: Off.

The AUTO LED indicates the color of the set RESET mode.

12.9.3 Function of the FAILURE / OVERLOAD output

FAILURE/OVERLOAD NC NO 95 96 98

FAILURE / OVERLOAD output contact

If there is no rated control voltage or if a failure occurs, the potential-free FAILURE / OVERLOAD output is switched.

Note

For information about whether or not faults can be acknowledged, as well as the recovery time and the corresponding LED and output contact states, refer to chapter Diagnostics and fault signals [Page 44].

12.10 RESET MODE and functions of the RESET / TEST button

12.10.1 SIRIUS 3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4. soft starters

12.10.1.1 Setting the RESET MODE

Position of the RESET button behind the label on the 3RW40 2.

2 3RW40 2... 1 3 RESET MODE

RESET MODE

AUTO RESET Yellow

Manual RESET Off

Remote RESET Green

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Setting the RESET MODE - 3

RESET MODE button

By pressing the RESET MODE button, you define the reset procedure in case of a fault. This is indicated by the RESET MODE LED.

12.10.1.2 Manual RESET

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Manual RESET - 1

RESET / TEST button (RESET MODE LED off)

You can reset a fault by pressing the RESET / TEST button.

12.10 RESET MODE and functions of the RESET / TEST button

12.10.1.3 Remote RESET

L1(L+)N(L-) +RESET ON/OFF A2 A1 1 Us 100 % >1,5 s t

Remote RESET (RESET MODE LED = green)

You can reset a fault signal by disconnecting the control supply voltage for >1.5 s.

12.10.1.4 AUTO RESET

AUTO RESET (RESET MODE LED = yellow)

If you set the RESET mode to AUTO, a fault is automatically reset.

Note

For information about whether or not faults can be acknowledged, as well as the recovery time and the corresponding LED and output contact states, refer to chapter Diagnostics and fault signals [Page 44].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Note - 1

WARNING

Automatic restart

Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

The automatic RESET mode (AUTO RESET) must not be used in applications where there is a risk of serious injury to persons or substantial damage to property if the motor starts up again unexpectedly. The start command (e.g. issued by a contact or the PLC) must be reset prior to issuing a RESET command because the motor attempts to restart again automatically following this RESET command if a start command is still present. This particularly applies if the motor protection has tripped. For safety reasons, you are advised to integrate the group fault output on the 3RW40 (terminals 95 and 96), or the signaling contact of the motor or miniature circuit breaker on all devices, in the controller.

12.10.2 SIRIUS 3RW40 5. to 3RW40 7. soft starters

12.10.2.1 Setting the RESET MODE

RESET MODE MAN AUTO

AUTO RESET Yellow

Manual / (remote) RESET Off

RESET MODE button

By pressing the RESET MODE button, you define the reset procedure in case of a fault. This is indicated by the AUTO LED.

12.10.2.2 Manual RESET

RESET/TEST

RESET / TEST button (AUTO LED off)

You can reset a fault by pressing the RESET / TEST button.

12.10 RESET MODE and functions of the RESET / TEST button

12.10.2.3 Remote RESET

L1 L2 L3 F1 1 3 5 2 4 6 U V W M1 M 3~ N L1 F3 96 98 Test. Reset 95 E1 E2 3RU1900-2A (Fernreset / Remote Reset) S2 0.2 ... 4 sec. N

Remote RESET with module for RESET (AUTO LED = off)

You can perform a remote RESET (the RESET MODE set on the starter is MANUAL RESET) by controlling the optional module for RESET (3RU1900-2A).

12.10.2.4 AUTO RESET

AUTO RESET (AUTO LED = yellow)

If you set the RESET mode to AUTO, a fault is automatically reset.

Note

For information about whether or not faults can be acknowledged, as well as the recovery time and the corresponding LED and output contact states, refer to chapter Diagnostics and fault signals [Page 44].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Note - 1

WARNING

Automatic restart

Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

The automatic RESET mode (AUTO RESET) must not be used in applications where there is a risk of serious injury to persons or substantial damage to property if the motor starts up again unexpectedly. The start command (e.g. issued by a contact or the PLC) must be reset prior to issuing a RESET command because the motor attempts to restart again automatically following this RESET command if a start command is still present. This particularly applies if the motor protection has tripped. For safety reasons, you are advised to integrate the group fault output on the 3RW40 (terminals 95 and 96), or the signaling contact of the motor or miniature circuit breaker on all devices, in the controller.

12.11 3RW40: LEDs and troubleshooting

LEDs on 3RW40Auxiliary contacts
Soft starterMotor protection
3RW40DEVICE(rd/gn/ylw)STATE / BYPASSED / FAILURE (gn/rd)OVERLOAD(rd)RESET MODE / AUTO (ylw/gn)13 14(ON)13 14(RUN)24 23(BYPASSED)96 95 98 FAILURE / OVERLOAD
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Automatic restart - 1Warning
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Automatic restart - 2
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Automatic restart - 3
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Automatic restart - 4

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Automatic restart - 5

WARNING

Automatic restart

Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

The automatic RESET mode (AUTO RESET) must not be used in applications where there is a risk of serious injury to persons or substantial damage to property if the motor starts up again unexpectedly. The start command (e.g. issued by a contact or the PLC) must be reset prior to issuing a RESET command because the motor attempts to restart again automatically following this RESET command if a start command is still present. This particularly applies if the motor protection has tripped. For safety reasons, you are advised to integrate the group fault output on the 3RW40 (terminals 95 and 96), or the signaling contact of the motor or miniature circuit breaker on all devices, in the controller.

Notes on troubleshooting

Warning Cause Remedy
Impermissible I_e CLASS setting(control voltage present, no start command)The rated operational current I_e set for the motor (control voltage present, no start command) exceeds the associated, maximum permissible setting current referred to the selected CLASS setting (chapterMotor current settings [Page 107]).Check the rated operational current set for the motor, select a lower CLASS setting, or calculate the soft starter with a size allowance.As long as the 3RW40 is not controlled IN (0->1), this is only a status signal. However, it becomes a fault signal if the start command is applied.
Start inhibited, device too hot The acknowledgment and the motor start are inhibited for a defined time by the inherent device protection following an overload trip, to allow the 3RW40 to cool down.Possible causesToo many starts,Motor ramp-up time too long,Ambient temperature in switching device's environment too high,Minimum installation clearances not complied with.The device cannot be started until the temperature of the thyristor or the heat sink has cooled down enough to guarantee sufficient reserve for a successful startup. The time until restarting is allowed can vary but is a minimum of 30 s.Rectify the causes and possibly retrofit the optional fan (3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4.).
Fault Cause Remedy
Impermissible electronics supply voltage:The control supply voltage does not correspond to the soft starter's rated voltage.Check the control supply voltage; could be caused by a power failure, voltage dip, or incorrect control supply voltage. Use a stabilized power supply unit if due to mains fluctuations.
Impermissible le/CLASS setting and IN (0->1)(control voltage present, IN start command changes from 0 to 1)The rated operational current I_e set for the motor (control voltage present, start command present) exceeds the associated, maximum permissible setting current referred to the selected CLASS setting (chapter Motor current settings [Page 107]).For the maximum permissible settings, refer to chapter "Technical data [Page 121)".Check the rated operational current set for the motor, select a lower CLASS setting, or calculate the soft starter with a size allowance.
Motor protection tripping Overload relay / thermistor:The thermal motor model has tripped. After an overload trip, restarting is inhibited until the recovery time has elapsed.- Overload relay tripping time: 60 s- Thermistor tripping time: When the temperature sensor (thermistor) in the motor has cooled down.- Check whether the motor's rated operational current I_e is set correctly, or- Change the CLASS setting, or- Possibly reduce the switching frequency, or- Deactivate the motor protection (CLASS OFF), or- Check the motor and the application.
Thermistor protection: wire breakage / short-circuit (optional for 3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4. devices):Temperature sensor at terminals T11/T12/T22 is short-circuited or defective, a cable is not connected, or no sensor is connected.Check the temperature sensor and the wiring
Thermal overload on the device: Overload trip of the thermal model for the power unit of the 3RW40Possible causes• Too many starts,• Motor ramp-up time too long,• Ambient temperature in switching device's environment too high,• Minimum installation clearances not complied with.Wait until the device has cooled down again, possibly increase the current limiting value set for starting, or reduce the switching frequency (too many consecutive starts). Possibly retrofit the optional fan (3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4.).Check the load and the motor, check whether the ambient temperature in the soft starter's environment is too high (derating above 40 °C, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]), comply with the minimum clearances.

12.11 3RW40: LEDs and troubleshooting

Fault Cause Remedy
Missing load voltage, phase failure / missing load:Cause 1: Phase L1 / L2 / L3 is missing or fails / collapses when the motor is operating.Tripped as a result of a dip in the permissible rated operational voltage > 15 % for > 100 ms during the startup process or > 200 ms in bypass mode.Connect L1 / L2 / L3 or correct the voltage dip.
Cause 2: The motor that is connected is too small and the fault occurs as soon as it is switched to bypass mode.Set the correct rated operational current for the connected motor or set it to the minimum value (if the motor current is less than 10 % of the set I_e , the motor cannot be operated with this starter).
Cause 3: Motor phase T1 / T2 / T3 is not connected.Connect the motor properly (e.g. jumpers in the motor terminal box, repair switch closed etc.)
Device fault Soft starter defective.Contact your SIEMENS partner orTechnical Assistance.

Technical data

13.1 3RW30

13.1.1 Overview

SIRIUS 3RW30 soft starters reduce the motor voltage through variable phase angle control and increase it from a selectable starting voltage up to the mains voltage within the ramp time. They limit the starting current and torque, so that the shocks that occur during direct starts or wye-delta starting are avoided. Mechanical loads and mains voltage dips can be effectively prevented in this way.

Soft starting reduces the stress on the connected equipment, resulting in lower wear and therefore longer periods of trouble-free production. The selectable starting voltage means the soft starters can be individually adjusted to the requirements of the application in question and – unlike wye-delta starters – are not restricted to two-stage starting with fixed voltage ratios.

SIRIUS 3RW30 soft starters are characterized above all by their small space requirements. Integral bypass contacts mean that no power loss has to be taken into account at the power semiconductors (thyristors) after the motor has started up. This cuts down on heat losses, enabling a more compact design and making external bypass circuits superfluous.

Soft starters rated up to 55 kW (at 400 V) can be supplied for standard applications in three-phase systems. Extremely small sizes, low power losses and simple startup are just three of the many advantages of this soft starter.

13.1.2 Selection and ordering data for standard applications and normal starting

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Selection and ordering data for standard applications and normal starting - 1

Ambient temperature 40°CAmbient temperature 50°CSizeNormal starting
Rated operational current I_e^1) Rated power of three-phase induction motors for rated operational voltage U_e Rated operational current V_e^1) Rated power of three-phase induction motors for rated operational voltage U_e Order No.
500 V400V230 V575 V460 V230 V200 V
AkWkWkWAhphphphp

Rated operational voltage U_e 200 to 480 V ^2)

• With screw or spring-loaded terminals
3.60.751.5-30.50.51.5-S00
6.51.53-4.8113-S00
92.24-7.8225-S00
12.535.5-11337.5-S00
17.647.5-173310-S00
• With screw terminals
255.511-235515-S0
327.515-297.57.520-S0
381118.5-34101025-S0
• With screw or spring-loaded terminals
451122-42101530-S2
5818.530-58152040-S2
722237-62202040-S2
• With screw or spring-loaded terminals
802245-73202550-S3
1063055-98303075-S3

Order number supplement for connection types
- With screw terminals
- With spring-loaded terminals ^3
Order number supplement for rated control supply voltage U_s
• 24 V AC/DC
• 110 to 230 V AC/DC
1) Standalone assembly without additional fan.
2)Soft starter with screw terminals.
3) Main circuit connection: screw terminals.

Note

The rated motor current is extremely important when selecting a soft starter.

Refer to the information about selecting soft starters in chapter Configuration [Page 73].

Conditions for normal starting:

Max. ramp time 3 s, starting current 300 %, 20 starts / hour, ON time 30 %, standalone assembly, max. installation altitude 1000 m / 3280 ft, ambient temperature kW 40 °C / 104 °F. A larger model may need to be selected if other conditions and constraints apply or for a higher starting frequency. We recommend using the "Win-Soft Starter" selection and simulation software. For information about the rated currents for ambient temperatures > 40 °C, refer to chapter 3RW30..-BB.. power electronics [Page 124].

13.1.3 3RW30..-BB.. control electronics

Type3RW301., 3RW302. 3RW303., 3RW304.
Control electronics
Rated valuesTerminal
Rated control supply voltageA1 / A2V24110...23024110...230
• Tolerance%±20-15/+10±20-15/+10
Rated control supply current
• STANDBYmA<506<5020
• During pickupmA<500
• ONmA<502015<100
Rated frequencyHz50/60
• Tolerance%±10
Control input
INON / OFF
Power consumption with version
• 24 V DCmAapprox. 12
• 110/230 V ACmAAC: 3/6; DC: 1.5/3
Relay outputs
Output 1ON13/14Operating indication (NO)
Rated operational currentA3AC-15/AC-14 at 230 V,1DC-13 at 24 V
Protection against overvoltagesProtection by means of varistor through contact4 A gL/gG operational class;6 A quick (fuse is not included in scope of supply)
Short-circuit protection
Operating indicationsLEDSTATE/BYPASSED/FAILUREDEVICEDEVICESTATE/BYPASSED/FAILURE
Off Start BypassOffGreenOffGreenGreen Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Greenland Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green GreenGreen Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green GreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreen Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green GreenGreen GreenGreen Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green GreenGreenGreen Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green GreenlandGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreen GreenlandGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreen Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Green Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland GreenlandGreen Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Green Green Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Greenland Green Rain Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red RedRed Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red redred red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red-red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红色红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红紅红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红黄红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红红灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯火灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯光灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯的灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯门灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯灯燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈電燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈烟燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈燈熄火器或过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过载过车时钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟 Clock钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟针钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟钟长白石墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨黑墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨画墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨玉墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨碧墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨木墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨素墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨铜墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨墨漆墨墨墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨漆墨塗層石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石电器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石电石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石色石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石三石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石盘石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石塔石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石圈石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石圆石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石装石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石器石铁线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红钢线 红钢线 红钢线 红钢线 红钢线 红钢线 红钢线 红钢线 红钢线 红钢线 红钢线 红钢线 红钢线 红钢线 红钢线 红钢线 红钢线 红钢线 红钢线 红钢线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红铁线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红 发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发生线 红发生线 红发生线 红发生线 红发生线 红发生线 红发生线 红发生线 红发生线 红发生线 红发生线 红发生线 红发生线 红发生线 红发生线 红发生线 红发生线 红发生线 红发生线 红发生线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发线 红发

13.1.4 3RW30..-BB.. control times and parameters

Type3RW301....3RW304.
Factory default
Control times and parameters
Control times
Closing delay (with connected control voltage)ms<50
Closing delay (automatic / line contactor mode)ms<300
Mains failure bridging time
Control supply voltagems50
Mains failure response time^1)
Load current circuitms500
Start parameters
• Ramp-up times0...207.5
• Starting voltage%40...10040
Ramp-up detectionNo
Operating mode output 13/14
Rising edge atStart commandON
Falling edge atOff command

1) Mains failure detection only in standby state, not during operation.

13.1.5 3RW30..-BB.. power electronics

Type3RW301.-BB.4...3RW304.-BB.4
Power electronics
Rated operational voltageV AC200...480
Tolerance%-15/+10
Rated frequencyHz50/60
Tolerance%±10
Continuous duty at 40°C (% of I_e )%115
Minimum load (% of I_e )%10 (at least 2 A)
Maximum cable length between soft starter and motorm300
Permissible installation altitudem5000(Derating from 1000, see characteristic curves); higher on request
Permissible mounting position(auxiliary fan not available)SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW30..-BB.. power electronics - 1 SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW30..-BB.. power electronics - 2
Permissible ambient temperatureOperation°C-25...+60; (derating from +40)
Storage°C-40...+80
Degree of protectionIP20 for 3RW30 1. and 3RW30 2.;IP00 for 3RW30 3. and 3RW30 4.

13.1.6 3RW30 13, 14, 16, 17, 18-.BB.. power electronics

Type3RW30133RW30143RW30163RW30173RW3018
Power electronics
Current carrying capacity rated operating current I_p
•Acc. to IEC and UL/CSA ^1) , for standalone assembly, AC-53a
-At 40°CA17.612.596.53.6
-At 50°CA3.3617128
-At 60°CA35.514117
Power loss
•During operation after startup of the motor at uninterrupted rated operat. curr.(40°C) approx.W4210,50,25
•During starting at 300% I_M (40 °C)W24116808052
Permissible rated motor current and starts per hourfor normal starting (class 10):
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2) , ramp-up time 3sA3.6 / 3.36,5 / 6,09 / 812.5 / 12.017.6 / 17.0
-Starts per hour ^3) 1/h62 / 4685 / 7050 / 5087 / 60200 /
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2) , ramp-up time 4sA3.6 / 3.36,5 / 6,09 / 812.5 / 12.017.6 / 17.0
-Starts per hour ^3) 1/h45 / 3262 / 4735 / 3564 / 46150 /
1) Measurement at 60°C in accordance with UL/CSA not required.3) For intermittent duty S4 with ON time 30%, T_amb=40°C / 50°C ,vertical standalone assembly. The specified switching frequencies do notapply to automatic mode.
2) At 300% I_M . Tamb = 40 °C / 50 °C

13.1.7 3RW30 26, 27, 28-.BB.. power electronics

Type3RW30283RW30273RW3026
Power electronics
Current carrying capacity rated operating current I_e
•Acc. to IEC and UL/CSA1), for standalone assembly, AC-53a
-At 40°CA3832.225.3
-At 50°CA342923
-At 60°CA312621
Power loss
•During operation after startup of the motor at uninterrupted rated operat. curr.(40°C) approx.W19138
•During starting at 300% I_M(40°C) W256220188
Permissible rated motor current and starts per hour at normal starting (class 10)
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2 , ramp-up time 3sA38 / 3432 / 2925 / 23
-Starts per hour3)1/h19 / 1923 / 2323 / 23
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2 , ramp-up time 4sA38 / 3432 / 2925 / 23
-Starts per hour3)1/h12 / 1216 / 1615 / 15

1) Measurement at 60°C in accordance with UL/CSA not required.
2) At 300% I_M Tamb = 40 °C / 50 °C
3) For intermittent duty S4 with ON time 30%, T_amb=40^/50^ , vertical standalone assembly. The specified switching frequencies do not apply to automatic mode. Factors for permissible switching frequency with different mounting position, direct assembly, side-by-side assembly, see Configuration chapter.

13.1.8 3RW30 36, 37, 38, 46, 47-.BB.. power electronics

Type3RW30363RW30373RW30383RW30463RW3047
Power electronics
Current carrying capacity rated operating current I_e
•Acc. to IEC and UL/CSA1), for standalone assembly, AC-53a
-At 40°CA10680726545
-At 50°CA5842987362.1
-At 60°CA9066605339
Power loss
•During operation after startup of the motor at uninterrupted rated operat. curr.(40°C)approx.W211215126
•During starting at 300% I_M(40°C) W768576500444316
Permissible rated motor current and starts per hour at normal starting (class 10)
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2) , ramp-up time 3sA106 / 10880 / 7372 / 6263 / 5
-Starts per hour3)1/h15 / 1522 / 2222 / 2223 / 23
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2) , ramp-up time 4sA106 / 9880 / 7372 / 6263 / 58
-Starts per hour3)1/h10 / 1015 / 1515 / 1515 / 15

1) Measurement at 60°C in accordance with UL/CSA not required.
2) At 300% I M Tamb = 40 °C / 50 °C
3) For intermittent duty S4 with ON time 70%, T
amb = 40^ / 50^ , vertical standalone assembly. The specified switching frequencies do not apply to automatic mode.

13.1.9 3RW30 main conductor cross-sections

TypeSoft starter 3RW304.3RW303.3RW302.3RW301.
Conductor cross-sections
Screw terminalsMain conductors
Front clamping point connected• Solid mm^2 2 x (1...2.5);2 x (2.5...6)acc. to IEC 609472 x (1...2.5);2 x (2.5...6)acc. to IEC 60947;max. 1 x 102 x (2.5...16)2 x (1.5...16)
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW30 main conductor cross-sections - 1• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm^2 2 x (1.5...2.5);2 x (2.5...6)2 x (1...2.5);2 x (2.5...6)1 x (2.5...35)1 x (0.75...25)
• Stranded mm^2 --1 x (0.75...35)1 x (4...70)
• AWG cables- Solid- Solid or stranded- StrandedAWG2 x (16 ... 12)2 x (14...10)2 x (16 ... 12)
AWG1 x 81 x 8-2 x (14...10)10...2/0)1 x (18...2)
Rear clamping point connected• Solid mm^2 --2 x (2.5...16)2 x (1.5...16)
• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm^2 --1 x (2.5...50)1 x (1.5...25)
• Stranded mm^2 --1 x (10...70)1 x (1.5...35)
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW30 main conductor cross-sections - 2• AWG cables- Solid or strandedAWG--1 x (10...2/0)1 x (16...2)
Both clamping points connected• Solid mm^2 --2 x (2.5...16)2 x (1.5...16)
• Stranded mm^2 --2 x (10...50)2 x (1.5...25)
• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm^2 --2 x (2.5...35)2 x (1.5...16)
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW30 main conductor cross-sections - 3• AWG cables- Solid or strandedAWG--2 x (16...2)2 x (10...1/0)
• Tightening torqueNm6.54.52...2.52...2.5
lb.in584018...2218...22
ToolsPZ2PZ2PZ2Allen screw4 mm
Degree of protectionIP20IP20IP20(terminal compartmentIP00)IP20(terminal compartmentIP00)
Spring-loaded terminalsMain conductors
• Solid mm^2 1...41...10--
• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm^2 1...2.51...6; end sleeves, without plastic collar--
• AWG cables- Solid or stranded (finely stranded)- StrandedAWG16...1216...1016...141 x 8--
AWG16...121 x 8--
ToolsDIN ISO 2380-1A0; 5 x 3DIN ISO 2380-1A0; 5 x 3--
Degree of protectionIP20IP20--
Busbar connectionsMain conductors
• With cable lug according to DIN 46234 or max. 20 mm wide- Stranded mm^2 ---2 x (10...70)
- Finely-stranded mm^2 ---2 x (10...50)
• AWG cables, solid or strandedAWG---2 x (7...1/0)

13.1.10 3RW30 auxiliary conductor cross-sections

3RW301....3RW304.TypeSoft starters
Conductor cross-sections
Auxiliary conductors (1 or 2 conductors can be connected):
Screw terminals
• Solid mm^2 2 x (0.5...2.5)
• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm^2 2 x (0.5...1.5)
• AWG cables
- Solid or strandedAWG2 x (20...14)
- Finely stranded with end sleeveAWG2 x (20...16)
• Terminal screws
- Tightening torqueNm0.8...1.2
lb.in7...10.3
Spring-loaded terminals
• Solid mm^2 2 x (0.25...2.5)
• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm^2 2 x (0.25...1.25)
• AWG cables, solid or strandedAWG2 x (24...14)

13.1.11 Electromagnetic compatibility according to EN 60947-4-2

StandardParameters
Electromagnetic compatibility according to EN 60947-4-2
EMC interference immunity
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)EN 61000-4-2±4 kV contact discharge, ±8 kV air discharge
Electromagnetic RF fieldsEN 61000-4-3Frequency range: 80 to 2000 MHz with 80% at 1 kHzDegree of severity 3: 10 V/m
Conducted RF interferenceEN 61000-4-6Frequency range: 150 kHz...80 MHz with 80% at 1 kHzInterference 10 V
RF voltages and RF currents on cables
• BurstEN 61000-4-4±2 kV / 5 kHz
• SurgeEN 61000-4-5±1 kV line to line±2 kV line to ground
EMC interference emission
EMC interference field strengthEN 55011Limit value of Class A at 30...1000 MHz,Limit value of Class B for 3RW302.; 24 V AC/DC
Radio interference voltageEN 55011Limit value of Class A at 0.15...30 MHz,Limit value of Class B for 3RW302.; 24 V AC/DC
Radio interference suppression filters
Degree of noise suppression A (industrial applications)Not required
Degree of noise suppression B (applications for residential areas)
Control voltage
• 230 V AC/DCNot available1)
• 24 V AC/DCNot required for 3RW301. and 3RW302;Required for 3RW303. and 3RW304. (see table)

1) Degree of noise suppression B cannot be obtained through the use of filters as the strength of the electromagnetic field is not attenuated by the filter.

Soft starter typesNominal current Soft starterRecommended filters ^1)
Voltage range 200 to 480 V
AATerminalsNominal current filtersFilter types mm^2
3RW30 36454EF1512-1AA105016
3RW30 37634EF1512-2AA106625
3RW30 38724EF1512-3AA109025
3RW30 46804EF1512-3AA109025
3RW30 471064EF1512-4AA1012050

1) The radio interference suppression filter is used to remove the conducted interference from the main circuit. The field-related emissions comply with degree of noise suppression B. The filter should be selected under standard conditions: 10 starts per hour, ramp-up time 4 s at 300% I_e

13.1.13 Types of coordination

Types of coordination

The type of coordination according to which the motor feeder with soft starter is mounted depends on the application-specific requirements. Normally, fuseless mounting (combination of motor starter protector and soft starter) is sufficient.

If type of coordination 2 needs to be fulfilled, semiconductor fuses must be fitted in the motor feeder.

Type of coordination 1 in accordance with IEC 60947-4-1:

The device is defective following a short-circuit failure and therefore unsuitable for further use. (Personnel and equipment must not be put at risk).

Type of coordination 2 in accordance with IEC 60947-4-1:

The device is suitable for further use following a short-circuit failure. (Personnel and equipment must not be put at risk).

The type of coordination only refers to soft starters in conjunction with the stipulated protective device (motor starter protector / fuse), not to additional components in the feeder.

13.1.14 Fuseless version

Fuseless version
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Fuseless version - 1
Soft startersTCC1Q11Nominal currentATypeMotor starter protectors1)400 V +10%Q1TypeIq maxkARated currentA
Type of coordination 12)
3RW30 0333RV1011-1EA103RV20 11-1EA (provis.)504
3RW30 133.63RV1021-1FA103RV20 11-1FA105
3RW30 146.53RV1021-1HA103RV20 11-1HA108
3RW30 1693RV1021-1JA103RV20 11-1JA1010
3RW30 1712.53RV1021-1KA103RV20 11-1KA1012.5
3RW30 1817.63RV1021-4BA103RV20 21-4BA1020
3RW30 26253RV1021-4DA103RV20 21-4DA5525
3RW30 27323RV1031-4EA103RV20 21-4EA5532
3RW30 28383RV1031-4FA103RV20 21-4FA5540
3RW30 36453RV1031-4GA102045
3RW30 37633RV1041-4JA102063
3RW30 38723RV1041-4KA102075
3RW30 46803RV1041-4LA101190
3RW30 471063RV1041-4MA1011100
1) The rated motor current must be considered when selecting the devices.2) The types of coordination are described in chapter Types of coordination [Page 128].

13.1.15 Fused version (line protection only)

Fused version (line protection only)
F1 Q21 Q11 M 3~ NS80 01996
Soft starters 1Nominal currentLine protection, maximum=Line contactors
F1Q11=Q21current ATypeATypeSizeRated (optional)
Type of coordination 1): Iq = 65 kA at 480 V + 10%
3RW30 032)33NA38053)200003RT10 153RT20 15
3RW30 133.63NA3803-6100003RT10 153RT20 15
3RW30 146.53NA3805-6160003RT10 153RT20 15
3RW30 1693NA3807-6200003RT10 163RT20 16
3RW30 1712.53NA3810-6250003RT10 243RT20 18
3RW30 1817.63NA3814-6350003RT10 263RT20 26
3RW30 26253NA3822-663003RT10 263RT20 26
3RW30 27323NA3824-680003RT10 343RT20 27
3RW30 28383NA3824-680003RT10 353RT20 28
3RW30 36453NA3130-610013RT10 36
3RW30 37633NA3132-612513RT10 44
3RW30 38723NA3132-612513RT10 45
3RW30 46803NA3136-616013RT10 45
3RW30 471063NA3136-616013RT10 46

1) The types of coordination are described in chapter 1 types of coordination [Page 128]. Type of coordination 1 only refers to soft starters in conjunction with the stipulated protective device (motor starter protector / fuse), not to any additional components in the feeder.
2) I_q = 50 kA at 400 V. 3) 3NA3 805-1 (NH00), 5SB2 61 (DIAZED), 5SE2 201-6 (NEOZED).

13.1.16 Fused version with SITOR 3NE1 fuses

Assembly as for type of coordination 2, with SITOR all-range fuses (F'1) for combined thyristor and line protection.

Fused version with SITOR 3NE1 fuses (semiconductor and line protection)
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Fused version with SITOR 3NE1 fuses - 1For suitable fuse bases, refer to "SENTRON switching and protecting devices for power distribution"→"Switch disconnectors" in the LV1 Catalog and to "BETA protecting"→"SITOR semiconductor fuses" the ET B1 Catalog or consult www.siemens.de/sitor
StandardNominal currentAll-range fusesSoft starters=Line contactors(optional)
F'1Q11 TypeATypeRated current ASizeQ21
Type of coordination 2^1) : L_q = 65 kA at 480 V + 10%
3RW30 03^2) 3 3NE1813-0^3) 160003RT10 153RT20 15
3RW30 133.63NE1813-0160003RT10 153RT20 15
3RW30 146.53NE1813-0160003RT10 153RT20 15
3RW30 1693NE1813-0160003RT10 163RT20 16
3RW30 1712.53NE1813-0160003RT10 243RT20 18
3RW30 1817.63NE1814-0200003RT10 263RT20 26
3RW30 26253NE1803-0350003RT10 263RT20 26
3RW30 27323NE1020-280003RT10 343RT20 27
3RW30 28383NE1020-280003RT10 353RT20 28
3RW30 36453NE1020-280003RT10 36
3RW30 37633NE1820-0800003RT10 44
3RW30 38723NE1820-0800003RT10 45
3RW30 46803NE1021-0100003RT10 45
3RW30 471063NE1022-0125003RT10 46

1) The types of coordination are described in chapter Types of coordination [Page 128]. Type of coordination 2 only refers to soft starters in conjunction with the stipulated protective device (motor starter protector / fuse), not to additional components in the feeder.
2) I_q = 50 kA at 400 V. 3) No SITOR fuse required! Alternatively: 3NA3 803 (NH00), 5SB2 21 (DIAZED), 5SE2 206 (NEOZED)

13.1.17 Fused version with SITOR 3NE3/4/8 fuses

Assembly as for type of coordination 2, with additional SITOR fuses (F3) for thyristor protection only.

Fused version with 3NE3 SITOR fuses (semiconductor protection by fuse, line, and overload protection by motor starter protector; alternatively, installation with contactor and overload relay possible)
F3Q11TypeATypeF1Q21F3Q11M3~N550_01699For suitable fuse bases, refer to "SENTRON switching and protecting devices for power distribution" → "Switch disconnectors" the LV1 Catalog and to "BETA protecting" → "SITOR semiconductor fuses" in the ET B1 Catalog or consult www.siemens.de/sitor
Soft starters ^1/2 Nominal currentRated current=Size=Rated currentSizeSemiconductor fuses, minimumSemiconductor fuses, maximum
F3Q11TypeATypeA=ATypeF3ATypeF3Rated currentSize
Type of coordination 2^1) : I_q = 65 kA at 480 V + 10%
3RW30 03 ^2) 3-----
3RW30 133.6------3NE4101320
3RW30 146.5------3NE4101320
3RW30 169------3NE4101320
3RW30 1712.5------3NE4101320
3RW30 1817.6---3NE322110013NE4101320
3RW30 2625---3NE322110013NE4102400
3RW30 2732---3NE322212513NE4118630
3RW30 2838---3NE322212513NE4118630
3RW30 3645---3NE322416013NE4120800
3RW30 3763---3NE322520013NE41211000
3RW30 38723NE322110013NE32272501---
3RW30 46803NE322212513NE32252001---
3RW30 471063NE322416013NE32313501---
Soft starters ^1/2 Nominal currentSemiconductor fuses, max.Semiconductor fuses, min.Semiconductor fuses, max.Cylindrical fuses
Rated currentSizeRated currentSizeRated currentSizeRated current
Q11 TypeAF3 TypeAF3 TypeAF3 TypeAF3 TypeAF3 TypeA
Type of coordination 2^1) : I_q = 65 kA at 480 V + 10%
3RW30 03 ^2) 3---3NE8015-125003NE8015-125003NC1010 10
3RW30 133.6---3NE8015-125003NE8015-125003NC2220 20
3RW30 146.5---3NE8015-125003NE8015-125003NC2220 20
3RW30 169---3NE8015-125003NE8015-125003NC2220 20
3RW30 1712.5---3NE8015-125003NE8018-163003NC2250 50
3RW30 1817.6---3NE8003-135003NE8021-1100003NC2263 63
3RW30 26253NE41175003NE8017-150003NE8021-1100003NC2263 63
3RW30 27323NE41186303NE8018-163003NE8022-1125003NC2280 80
3RW30 28383NE41186303NE8020-180003NE8022-1125003NC2280 80
3RW30 36453NE41208003NE8020-180003NE8024-1160003NC2280 80
3RW30 37633NE412110003NE8021-1100003NE8024-116000-
3RW30 3872---3NE8022-1125003NE8024-116000-
3RW30 4680---3NE8022-1125003NE8024-116000-
3RW30 47106---3NE8024-1160003NE8024-116000-
Soft starters 10c2 TypeNominal currentALine contactorsMotor starter protectors400 V +10%(optional)Rated currentALine protection, maximum
F1Q1Q21Q11 TypeRated currentASize
Type
Type of coordination 2^1) : I_q = 65 kA at 480 V + 10%
3RW30 03^2) 33RT10 153RT20 153RV1011-1EA103RV20 11-1EA (provis.)4 3NA3805^3) 20000
3RW30 133.63RT10 153RT20 153RV1021-1FA103RV20 11-1FA53NA3803-610000
3RW30 146.53RT10 153RT20 153RV1021-1HA103RV20 11-1HA83NA3805-616000
3RW30 1693RT10 163RT20 163RV1021-1JA103RV20 11-1JA103NA3807-620000
3RW30 1712.53RT10 243RT20 183RV1021-1KA103RV20 11-1KA12.53NA3810-625000
3RW30 1817.63RT10 263RT20 263RV1021-1BA103RV20 21-4BA203NA3814-635000
3RW30 26253RT10 263RT10 263RV1031-4DA103RV20 21-4DA253NA3822-66300
3RW30 27323RT10 343RT20 273RV1031-4EA103RV20 21-4EA323NA3824-68000
3RW30 28383RT10 353RT20 283RV1031-4EA103RV20 21-4FA403NA3824-68000
3RW30 36453RT10 363RV1031-4GA10453NA3130-61001
3RW30 37633RT10 443RV1041-4JA10633NA3132-61251
3RW30 38723RT10 453RV1041-4KA10753NA3132-61251
3RW30 46803RT10 453RV1041-4LA10903NA3136-61601
3RW30 471063RT10 463RV1041-4MA101003NA3136-61601

1) The types of coordination are described in 2) I_q = 50 kA at 400 V. chapter I types of coordination [Page 128].
Type of coordination 2 only refers to soft starters in conjunction with the stipulated protective device (motor starter protector / fuse), not to additional components in the feeder.

13.2 3RW40

13.2.1 Overview

SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starters have all the same advantages as the 3RW30 soft starters.

SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starters are characterized above all by their small space requirements. Integral bypass contacts mean that no power loss has to be taken into account at the power semiconductors (thyristors) after the motor has started up. This cuts down on heat losses, enabling a more compact design and making external bypass circuits superfluous.

At the same time, this soft starter comes with additional integrated functions such as settable current limiting, motor overload and intrinsic device protection, and optional thermistor motor protection. The higher the motor rating, the more important these functions become because they make it unnecessary to purchase and install protection equipment (such as overload relays).

Internal intrinsic device protection prevents thermal overloading of the thyristors and the power unit defects this can cause. As an option, the thyristors can also be protected against short-circuiting with semiconductor fuses.

Thanks to integrated status and fault monitoring, this compact soft starter offers many different diagnostics options. Up to four LEDs and relay outputs permit differentiated monitoring and diagnostics of the operating mechanism by indicating the operating state as well as, for example, mains or phase failures, missing load, impermissible tripping times / CLASS settings, thermal overloading, or device faults.

Soft starters rated up to 250 kW (at 400 V) can be supplied for standard applications in three-phase systems. Extremely small sizes, low power losses, and simple commissioning are just three of the many advantages of the SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starters.

"Increased safety" type of protection EEx e according to ATEX Directive 94/9/EC

The SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starter sizes S0 to S12 are suitable for starting explosion-proof motors with the "increased safety" type of protection EEx e.

13.2.2 Selection and ordering data for standard applications and normal starting (CLASS 10)

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Selection and ordering data for standard applications and normal starting (CLASS 10) - 1
3RW40 28-1BB14

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Selection and ordering data for standard applications and normal starting (CLASS 10) - 2
3RW40 38-1BB14 3RW40 47-1BB14

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Selection and ordering data for standard applications and normal starting (CLASS 10) - 3

Ambient temperature 40°CAmbient temperature 50°CSizeNormal starting
Rated operational current I_e^1) Rated power of three-phase induction motors for rated operational voltage U_e Rated operational current I_e^1) Rated power of three-phase induction motors for rated operational voltage U_e
500 V400 V230 V575 V460 V230 V200Order No.
AkWkWkWAhphphp

Rated operational voltage U_e 200 to 480 V ^2)

• With screw or spring-loaded terminals
12.535.5-11337.5-S0
255.511-235515-S0
327.515-297.57.520-S0
381118.5-34101025-S0
• With screw or spring-loaded terminals
451122-42101530-S2
5818.530-58152040-S2
722237-62202040-S2
• With screw or spring-loaded terminals
802245-73202550-S3
1063055-98303075-S3

Rated operational voltage U_e 400 to 600 V ^2)

• With screw or spring-loaded terminals
12.5-5.57.511--7.510S0
25-111523--1520S0
32-1518.529--2025S0
38-18.52234--2530S0
• With screw or spring-loaded terminals
45-223042--3040S2
58-303758--4050S2
72-374562--4060S2
• With screw or spring-loaded terminals
80-455573--5060S3
106-557598--7575S3

Order number supplement for connection types
- With screw terminals
- With spring-loaded terminals ^3)
Order number supplement for rated control supply voltage U_s
• 24 V AC/DC
• 110 to 230 V AC/DC
1) Standalone assembly without additional fan.
2) Soft starter with screw terminals.

^3) Main circuit connection: screw terminals.

Note

The rated motor current is extremely important when selecting a soft starter.

Refer to the information about selecting soft starters in chapter Configuration [Page 73].

Conditions for normal starting (CLASS 10):

Max. ramp-up time 10 s, current limiting 300 %, 5 starts / hour, ON time 30 %, standalone assembly, max. installation altitude 1000 m / 3280 ft, ambient temperature kW 40 °C / 104 °F. A larger model may need to be selected if other conditions and constraints apply or for a higher starting frequency. We recommend using the "Win-Soft Starter" selection and simulation software. For information about the rated currents for ambient temperatures > 40 °C, refer to chapter 3RW40 2. to 7. power electronics [Page 148].

13.2.3 Selection and ordering data for standard applications and normal starting (CLASS 10) (with thermistor motor protection evaluation)

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Selection and ordering data for standard applications and normal starting (CLASS 10) (with thermistor motor protection evaluation) - 1
3RW40 28-1TB04

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Selection and ordering data for standard applications and normal starting (CLASS 10) (with thermistor motor protection evaluation) - 2
3RW40 38-1TB04 3RW40 47-1TB04

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Selection and ordering data for standard applications and normal starting (CLASS 10) (with thermistor motor protection evaluation) - 3

Ambient temperature 40°CAmbient temperature 50°CSizeNormal starting (CLASS 10)
Rated operational current I_e^1) Rated power of three-phase induction motors for rated operational voltage U_e Rated operational current I_e^1) Rated power of three-phase induction motors for rated operational voltage U_e
500 V400 V230 V575 V460 V230 V200Order No.
AkWkW kWAhphp hp hp

Rated operational voltage U_e 200 to 480 V ^2) , with thermistor motor protection, rated control supply voltage U_s 24 V AC/DC

• With screw or spring-loaded terminals
12.535.5-11337.5-S0
255.511-235515-S0
327.515-297.57.520-S0
381118.5-34101025-S0
• With screw or spring-loaded terminals
451122-42101530-S2
6318.530-58152040-S2
722237-62202040-S2
• With screw or spring-loaded terminals
802245-73202550-S3
1063055-98303075-S3

Rated operational voltage U_e 400 to 600 V, with thermistor motor protection, rated control supply voltage U_s 24 V AC/DC

• With screw or spring-loaded terminals
12.5-5.57.511--7.510S03RW40 24-□TB05
25-111523--1520S03RW40 26-□TB05
32-1518.529--2025S03RW40 27-□TB05
38-18.52234--2530S03RW40 28-□TB05
• With screw or spring-loaded terminals
45-223042--3040S23RW40 36-□TB05
63-303758--4050S23RW40 37-□TB05
72-374562--4060S23RW40 38-□TB05
• With screw or spring-loaded terminals
80-455573--5060S33RW40 46-□TB05
106-557598--7575S33RW40 47-□TB05

Order number supplement for connection types
- With screw terminals - With spring-loaded terminals ^3)
1) Standalone assembly without additional fan.
2) Soft starter with screw terminals.

3) Main circuit connection: screw terminals.

Note

The rated motor current is extremely important when selecting a soft starter.

Refer to the information about selecting soft starters in chapter Configuration [Page 73].

Conditions for normal starting (CLASS 10):

Max. ramp-up time 10 s, current limiting 300 %, 5 starts / hour, ON time 30 %, standalone assembly, max. installation altitude 1000 m / 3280 ft, ambient temperature kW 40 °C / 104 °F. A larger model may need to be selected if other conditions and constraints apply or for a higher starting frequency. We recommend using the "Win-Soft Starter" selection and simulation software. For information about the rated currents for ambient temperatures > 40 °C, refer to chapter 3RW40 2. to 7. power electronics [Page 148].

13.2.4 Selection and ordering data for standard applications and normal starting (CLASS 10)

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Selection and ordering data for standard applications and normal starting (CLASS 10) - 1

natural_image Industrial control unit with mounting flanges and indicator lights (no visible text or symbols)

3RW40 56-6BB44

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Selection and ordering data for standard applications and normal starting (CLASS 10) - 2

natural_image Exterior view of a white industrial electrical contactor device (no visible text or symbols)

3RW40 76-6BB44

Ambient temperature 40°CAmbient temperature 50°CSizeNormal starting (CLASS 10)
Rated operational current I_e^1) Rated power of three-phase induction motors for rated operational voltage U_e Rated operational current I_e^1) Rated power of three-phase induction motors for rated operational voltage U_e
500 V400V230 V575 V460 V230 V200
AkWkW kWAhphphphpOrder No.

Rated operational voltage U_e 200 to 460 V ^2)

• With screw or spring-loaded terminals
1343775-117304075-S6
1624530-1454050100-
• With screw or spring-loaded terminals
23075132-2056075150-S12
28090160-24875100200-
356110200-315100125250-
432132250-385125150300-

Rated operational voltage U_e 400 to 600 V ^2)

• With screw or spring-loaded terminals
134-7590117--75100S6
162-90110145--100150
• With screw or spring-loaded terminals
230-132160205--150200S12
280-160200248--200250
356-200250315--250300
432-250315385--300400

Order number supplement for connection types ^3)
- With spring-loaded terminals
- With screw terminals
Order number supplement for rated control supply voltage U_s^4)
• 115 V AC
· 230 V AC
1) Standalone assembly.
2) Soft starter with screw terminals.
3) Main circuit connection: busbar connection.
4) Control by way of the internal 24 V DC supply or direct control by means of PLC possible

Note

The rated motor current is extremely important when selecting a soft starter.

Refer to the information about selecting soft starters in chapter Configuration [Page 73].

Conditions for normal starting (CLASS 10):

Max. ramp-up time 10 s, current limiting 300 %, 5 starts / hour, ON time 30 %, standalone assembly, max. installation altitude 1000 m / 3280 ft, ambient temperature kW 40°C / 104 °F. A larger model may need to be selected if other conditions and constraints apply or for a higher starting frequency. We recommend using the "Win-Soft Starter" selection and simulation software. For information about the rated currents for ambient temperatures > 40 °C, refer to chapter 3RW40 2. to 7. power electronics [Page 148].

13.2.5 Selection and ordering data for standard applications and heavy-duty starting (CLASS 20)

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Selection and ordering data for standard applications and heavy-duty starting (CLASS 20) - 1

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Selection and ordering data for standard applications and heavy-duty starting (CLASS 20) - 2

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Selection and ordering data for standard applications and heavy-duty starting (CLASS 20) - 3

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Selection and ordering data for standard applications and heavy-duty starting (CLASS 20) - 4

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Selection and ordering data for standard applications and heavy-duty starting (CLASS 20) - 5

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Selection and ordering data for standard applications and heavy-duty starting (CLASS 20) - 6

3RW40 28-1BB14 3RW40 28-1TB04 3RW40 38-1TB043RW40 38-1BB14 3RW40 47-1TB043RW40 47-1BB14

Ambient temperature 40°CAmbient temperature 50°CSizeHeavy-duty starting (CLASS 20)
Rated operational current I_e^(1) Rated power of three-phase induction motors for rated operational voltage U_e Rated operational current I_e^(1) Rated power of three-phase induction motors for rated operational voltage U_e
500 V400 V230 V575 V460 V230 V200
AkWkW kWAhphphphpOrder No.

Rated operational voltage U_e 200 to 480 V ^2)

• With screw or spring-loaded terminals
12.535.5-11337.5-S0
255.511-235515-S0
327.515-297.57.520-S2
381118.5-34101025-S2
451122-42101530-S2
6318.530-58152040-S3
722237-62202040-S3

Rated operational voltage U _e 400 to 600 V

• With screw or spring-loaded terminals
12.5-5.57.511--7.510S0
25-111523--1520S0
32-1518.529--2025S2
38-18.52234--2530S2
45-223042--3040S2
63-303758--4050S3
72-374562--4060S3

Order number supplement for connection types

- With screw terminals

- With spring-loaded terminals ^3)

Order number supplement for thermistor motor protection

- Standard function

•Thermistor motor protection only with rated control supply voltage U _s 24 V AC/DC

Order number supplement for rated control supply voltage U_s

• 24 V AC/DC

110...230 V AC/DC

^1) Standalone assembly without additional fan.
2) Soft starter with screw terminals.
3) Main circuit connection: screw terminals.

Note

The rated motor current is extremely important when selecting a soft starter.

Refer to the information about selecting soft starters in chapter Configuration [Page 73].

Conditions for normal starting (CLASS 10):

Max. ramp-up time 20 s, current limiting 300 %, 5 starts / hour, ON time 30 %, standalone assembly, max. installation altitude 1000 m / 3280 ft, ambient temperature kW 40 °C / 104°. A larger model may need to be selected if other conditions and constraints apply or for a higher starting frequency. We recommend using the "Win-Soft Starter" selection and simulation software. For information about the rated currents for ambient temperatures > 40 °C, refer to chapter 3RW40 24, 26, 27, 28 power electronics [Page 149].

13.2.6 Selection and ordering data for standard applications and heavy-duty starting (CLASS 20)

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Selection and ordering data for standard applications and heavy-duty starting (CLASS 20) - 1

natural_image Industrial control unit with buttons and indicator lights (no visible text or symbols)

3RW40 56-6BB44

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Selection and ordering data for standard applications and heavy-duty starting (CLASS 20) - 2

natural_image Exterior view of a white industrial electrical component with cooling fins and mounting holes (no visible text or symbols)

3RW40 76-6BB44

Ambient temperature 40°CAmbient temperature 50°CSizeHeavy-duty starting (CLASS 20)
Rated operational current I_e^1) Rated power of three-phase induction motors for rated operational voltage U_e Rated operational current I_e^1) Rated power of three-phase induction motors for rated operational voltage U_e
Order No.
AkWkWkWAhphphphp

Rated operational voltage U_e 200 to 460 V ^2)

With screw or spring-loaded terminals
802245-73202550-S6
1063055-98253060-S6
1343775-117304075-S6
1624590-1454050100-S12
23075132-2056075150-S12
28090160-24875100200-S12
356110200-315100125250-S12

Rated operational voltage U_e 400 to 600 V ^2)

With screw or spring-loaded terminals
80-455573--5060S63RW40 55-□BB□5
106-557598--6075S63RW40 55-□BB□5
134-7590117--75100S63RW40 56-□BB□5
162-90110145--100150S123RW40 73-□BB□5
230-132160205--150200S123RW40 74-□BB□5
280-160200248--200250S123RW40 75-□BB□5
356-200250315--250300S123RW40 76-□BB□5

Order number supplement for connection types ^3)
- With spring-loaded terminals
- With screw terminals
Order number supplement for rated control supply voltage U_s^4)
· 115 V AC
• 230 V AC
1) Standalone assembly.
2) Soft starter with screw terminals.
3) Main circuit connection: busbar connection.
4) Control by way of the internal 24 V DC supply or direct control by means of PLC possible

Note

The rated motor current is extremely important when selecting a soft starter.

Refer to the information about selecting soft starters in chapter Configuration [Page 73].

Conditions for normal starting (CLASS 10):

Max. ramp-up time 40 s, current limiting 350 %, 1 starts / hour, ON time 30 %, standalone assembly, max. installation altitude 1000 m / 3280 ft, ambient temperature kW 40 °C / 104 °F. A larger model may need to be selected if other conditions and constraints apply or for a higher starting frequency. We recommend using the "Win-Soft Starter" selection and simulation software. For information about the rated currents for ambient temperatures > 40 °C, refer to chapter 3RW40 55, 56, 73, 74, 75, 76 power electronics [Page 151].

13.2.7 3RW40 2., 3., 4. control electronics

Type3RW403., 3RW404.3RW402.
Control electronics
Rated valuesTerminal
Rated control supply voltageA1 / A2V24110...23024110...230
• Tolerance%±20-15/+10±20-15/+10
Rated control supply current
• STANDBYmA<150<50<200<50
• During pickupmA<200<100<5000<1500
• ON without fanmA<250<50<200<50
• ON with fanmA<300<70<250<70
Rated frequencyHz50/60
• Tolerance%±20
Control inputsINON / OFF
Rated operational current
• ACmA3/6Approx. 123/6Approx. 12
• DCmA1.5/3Approx. 121.5/3Approx. 12
Relay outputs
Output 1ON / RUN mode ^1) 13/14Operating indication (NO)
Output 2BYPASSED23/24Bypass indication (NO)
Output 3OVERLOAD/FAILURE95/96/98Overload / fault indication (NC/NO)
Rated operational currentA3AC-15/AC-14 at 230 V,1DC-13 at 24 V
A
Protection against overvoltagesProtection by means of varistor through contact
Short-circuit protection4 A gL/gG operational class;6 A quick (fuse is not included in scope of supply)

1) Factory default: ON mode.

13.2.8 3RW40 5., 7. control electronics

Type3RW407.3RW405.
Control electronics
Rated valuesTerminal
Rated control supply voltageA1 / A2V AC230115230115
• Tolerance%-15/+10-15/+10
Rated control supply current
• STANDBYmA1515
• During pickup mA<2000<400<850<1700
• ON ^1) mA660200440360
Rated frequencyHz50/6050/60
• Tolerance%±10±10
Control inputs
INON / OFF
Rated operational currentmAApprox. 10 according to DIN 19240
Rated operational voltageV DC24 from internal supply DC+ or external DC supply (according to DIN 19240) through terminals and IN
Relay outputs
Output 1ON / RUN mode ^2) 13/14Operating indication (NO)
Output 2BYPASSED23/24Bypass indication (NO)
Output 3OVERLOAD/FAILURE95/96/98Overload / fault indication (NC/NO)
Rated operational currentA3AC-15/AC-14 at 230 V,
A1DC-13 at 24 V
Protection against overvoltagesProtection by means of varistor through contact
Short-circuit protection4 A gL/gG operational class;
6 A quick (fuse is not included in scope of supply)
1) Values for the coil power consumption at +10% U_n , 50 Hz.2) Factory default: ON mode.

13.2.9 3RW40 2., 3., 4. control electronics

Type3RW402., 3RW403., 3RW404.
Control electronics
Operating indicationsLEDDEVICEOVERLOADSTATE/BYPASSED/FAILUI
OffOffOffGreen
StartOffGreen flashingGreen
BypassOffGreenGreen
StopOffGreen flashingGreen
Alarm signals
Impermissible I_e / CLASS settingRed flashingNot relevantGreen
Start inhibited / thyristors too hotOffNot relevantYellow flashing
Fault signals
• 24 V: U < 0.75 x U_s or U > 1.25 x U_s OffRedOff
• 110...230 V: U < 0.75 x U_s or U > 1.15 x U_s OffRedOff
Impermissible I_e /CLASS setting
for edge 0->1 on input INRed flashingRedGreen
Motor protection tripping (overload thermistor)RedOffGreen
Thermistor defective (wire breakage, short-circuit)Red flickeringOffGreen
Thermal overload of the thyristorsOff RedYellow
Missing mains voltage, phase failure / missing loadOffRedGreen
Device faultOffRedRed

13.2.10 3RW40 5., 7. control electronics

Type3RW405. and 3RW407.
Control electronics
Operating indicationsLEDsDEVICESTATE/BYPASSEDFAILUREOVERLOAD
OffGreenOffOffOff
StartGreenGreen flashingOffOff
BypassGreenGreenOffOff
StopGreenGreen flashingOffOff
Alarm signals
Impermissible I_e / CLASS settingGreenNot relevantNot relevantRed flashing
Start inhibited / thyristors too hotYellow flashingNot relevantNot relevantOff
Fault signals
U < 0.75 x U_s or U > 1.15 x U_s OffOffRedOff
Impermissible I_e /CLASS setting
for edge 0->1 on input INGreenOffRedRed flashing
Motor protection trippingGreenOffOffRed
Thermal overload of the thyristorsYellowOffRedOff
Missing mains voltage, phase failure / missing loadGreenOffRedOff
Device faultRedOffRedOff

13.2.11 3RW40 protection functions

3RW40..TypeFactory default
Protection functions
Motor protection functions
Trips in the event ofThermal overloading of the motor
Trip class to IEC 60947-4-1Class>401010/15/20
Phase failure sensitivity%
Overload warningNo
Thermistor protection according to IEC 60947-8, type A / IEC 60947-5-1Yes ^1)
Reset option after trippingManual / automatic / remote reset ^2) (MAN / AUTO / REMOTE ^2) )
Recovery timemin5
Device protection functions
Trips in the event ofThermal overloading of the thyristors or bypass ^3)
Reset option after trippingManual / automatic / remote reset ^2) (MAN / AUTO / REMOTE ^2) )
Recovery time
• During overloading of the thyristorss30
• During overloading of the bypasss60

1) Optional up to size S3 (device version).
2) Integrated remote reset (REMOTE) available only for 3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4.; remote reset with accessory module 3RU19 available for 3RW405. and 3RW407.
3) Bypass protection up to size S3.

13.2.12 3RW40 control times and parameters

3RW40..TypeFactory default
Control times and parameters
Control times
Closing delay (with connected control voltage)ms<50
Closing delay (automatic / line contactor mode)ms<300
Recovery time (closing command during active stop)ms100
Mains failure bridging time
Control supply voltagems50
Mains / phase failure response time
Load current circuit
• During starting and stoppings1
• During bypasss5
Reclosing lockout after overload trip
Motor protection tripmin5
Device protection trip
• During overloading of the thyristorss30
• During overloading of the bypasss60
Start parameters
Ramp-up times7.50...20
Starting voltage%4040...100
Starting current limiting 1.3...5 × I_e 5 × I_e
Stop parameter
Ramp-down times00...20
Reset mode parameters (for motor / device protection trip)
LEDManual resetOffOff
Automatic resetLEDYellow
Remote reset (REMOTE)^1) LEDGreen
Ramp-up detectionYes
Operating mode output 13/14
Rising edge atStart command
Falling edge atOff commandONON
Ramp-down endRUN

1) Integrated remote reset (REMOTE) available only for 3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4.; remote reset with accessory module 3RU19 available for 3RW405. and 3RW407.

13.2.13 3RW40 2. to 7. power electronics

Type3RW402-..B.4, 3RW403-..B.4, 3RW404-..B.43RW402-..B.5, 3RW403-..B.5, 3RW404-..B.53RW405-..BB.4, 3RW407-..BB.43RW405-..BB.5, 3RW407-..BB.5
Power electronics
Rated operational voltageV AC400...600200...460400...600200...480
Tolerance%-15/+10-15/+10-15/+10-15/+10
Maximum thyristor blocking voltageV AC180014001600
Rated frequencyHz50/60
Tolerance%±10
Continuous duty at 40°C (% of I_g )115
Minimum load (% of minimum selectable rated motor current I_m )%20 (at least 2 A)
Maximum cable length between soft starter and motorm300
Permissible installation altitudem5000(Derating from 1000, see characteristic curves); higher on request
Permissible mounting position• With auxiliary fan (for 3RW402. ... 3RW404.)• Without auxiliary fan (for 3RW402. ... 3RW404.)SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW40 5., 7. control electronics - 1-(fan integrated in the soft starter)
Permissible ambient temperatureOperationStorage°C°C-25...+60; (derating from +40)-40...+80
Degree of protectionIP20 for 3RW40 2.;IP00 for 3RW40 3. and 3RW40 4.IP00

13.2.14 3RW40 24, 26, 27, 28 power electronics

Type3RW40283RW40273RW40263F
Power electronics
Current carrying capacity rated operating current I_e
•Acc. to IEC and UL/CSA1), for standalone assembly, AC-53a
-At 40°CA3832.225.312.5
-At 50 °CA34292311
-At 60 °CA31262110
Minimum settable rated motor current I_M for motor overload protectionA2317105
Power loss
•During operation after startup of the motor at uninterrupted rated operat. curr.(40°C) approx.W191382
•During starting at 300 % current limiting I_M (40°C)W25622018868
Permissible rated motor current and starts per hour
•For normal starting (class 10):
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2) , ramp-up t. 3sA38 / 3432 / 2925 / 2312.5 / 11
-Starts per hour3)1/h19 / 1923 / 2323 / 2350 / 50
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2) , ramp-up t. 4sA38 / 34 32 / 2925 / 2312.5 / 11
-Starts per hour3)1/h12 / 12 16 / 1615 / 1536 / 36
•For heavy-duty starting (class 15)
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2) , ramp-up t. 4,5sA34 / 3130 / 2723 / 2111 / 10
-Starts per hour3)1/h18 / 1818 / 1821 / 2149 / 49
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2) , ramp-up t. 6sA34 / 3130 / 2723 / 2111 / 10
-Starts per hour3)1/h13 / 1313 / 1314 / 1436 / 36
•For heavy-duty starting (class 20)
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2) , ramp-up t. 6sA31 / 2827 / 2421 / 1910 / 9
-Starts per hour3)1/h18 / 1820 / 2021 / 2147 / 47
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2) , ramp-up t. 8sA31 / 2827 / 2421 / 1910 / 9
-Starts per hour3)1/h13 / 1314 / 1415 / 1534 / 34

1) Measurement at 60°C in accordance with UL/CSA not required.
2) 300 % current limiting on soft starter I_M . Tamb = 40 °C / 50 °C.
3) For intermittent duty S4 with ON time 30%, T_amb=40^/50^ , vertical standalone assembly. The specified switching frequencies do not apply to automatic mode. Factors for permissible switching frequency with different mounting position, direct assembly, side-by-side assembly and installation of an optional additional fan, see Configuration chapter.
4) Maximum settable rated motor current I_M , depending on the CLASS setting.

13.2.15 3RW40 36, 37, 38, 46, 47 power electronics

Type3RW40473RW40463RW40383R
Power electronics
Current carrying capacity rated operating current I_b
•Acc. to IEC and UL/CSA1), for standalone assembly, AC-53a
-At 40°CA10680726345
-At 50 °CA987362.15842
-At 60 °CA9066605339
Minimum settable rated motor current I_M for motor overload protectionA4643352623
Power loss
•During operation after startup of the motor at uninterrupted rated operat. curr.(40°C) approx.W211215126
•During starting at 300 % current limiting I_M (40°C)W768576500444316
Permissible rated motor current and starts per hour
•For normal starting (class 10):
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2) , ramp-up t. 3sA106 / 9880 / 7372 / 6263 / 5845 /
-Starts per hour3)1/h15 / 1522 / 2222 / 2223 / 2338 / 3
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2) 4), ramp-up t. 4sA106 / 9880 / 7372 / 6263 / 5845 /
-Starts per hour3)1/h10 / 1015 / 1515 / 1515 / 1526 / 2
•For heavy-duty starting (class 15)
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2) , ramp-up t. 4.5sA84 / 7770 / 6456 / 5250 / 4642 / 3
-Starts per hour3)1/h23 / 2324 / 2434 / 3434 / 3430 / 3
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2) 4), ramp-up t. 6sA84 / 7770 / 6456 / 5250 / 4642 / 3
-Starts per hour3)1/h17 / 1716 / 1624 / 2424 / 2421 / 2
•For heavy-duty starting (class 20)
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2) , ramp-up t. 6sA77 / 7064 / 5850 / 4646 / 4238 / 3
-Starts per hour3)1/h23 / 2323 / 2334 / 3431 / 3130 / 3
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2) 4), ramp-up t. 8sA77 / 7064 / 5850 / 4646 / 4238 / 3
-Starts per hour3)1/h16 / 1616 / 1624 / 2422 / 2221 / 2

1) Measurement at 60°C in accordance with UL/CSA not required.
2) 300 % current limiting on soft starter I_M . Tamb = 40 °C / 50 °C
3) For intermittent duty S4 with ON time 30%, T_amb = 40^ / 50^ , vertical standalone assembly. The specified switching frequencies do not apply to automatic mode. Factors for permissible switching frequency with different mounting position, direct assembly, side-by-side assembly and installation of an optional additional fan, see Configuration chapter.
4) Maximum settable rated motor current I_M , depending on the CLASS setting.

13.2.16 3RW40 55, 56, 73, 74, 75, 76 power electronics

Type3RW40763RW40753RW4
Power electronics
Current carrying capacity rated operating current I_e
•Acc. to IEC and UL/CSA1), for standalone assembly, AC-53a
-At 40°CA432356280230162134
-At 50 °CA385315248205145117
-At 60 °CA335280215180125100
Minimum settable rated motor current I_M for motor overload protectionA207131130808759
Power loss
•During operation after startup of the motor at uninterrupted rated operat. curr.(40°C) approx.W75601651259075
•During starting at 350%2)current limiting I_M (40°C)W36003277325724481355*
Permissible rated motor current and starts per hour
•For normal starting (class 10):
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2) , ramp-up t. 10sA134 / 117162 / 145432 / 385356 / 315280 / 2
-Starts per hour3)1/h17 / 1716 / 1620 / 2014 / *
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2) 4), ramp-up t. 20sA432 / 385356 / 315280 / 2
-Starts per hour3)1/h7 / 75 / 55 / 58 / 83 / 31.4 / 1.4
•For heavy-duty starting (class 15)
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2) , ramp-up t. 15sA134 / 117152 / 140402 / 385341 / 315250 / 2
-Starts per hour3)1/h12 / 1211 / 1113 / 1311 / *
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2) 4), ramp-up t. 30sA402 / 385341 / 315250 / 2
-Starts per hour3)1/h2 / 22 / 26 / 61 / 11.7 / 1.7
•For heavy-duty starting (class 20)
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2) , ramp-up t. 20sA372 / 340311 / 280230 / 2
-Starts per hour3)1/h10 / 1010 / 1010 / 1010 / *
-Rated motor curr. I_M^2) 4), ramp-up t. 40sA372 / 340311 / 280230 / 2
-Starts per hour3)1/h2 / 21 / 11 / 15 / 51 / 12 / 2

1) Measurement at 60°C in accordance with UL/CSA not required.
2) 350% current limiting on soft starter I_M . Tamb = 40 °C / 50 °C
3) For intermittent duty S4 with ON time 70%, T_amb=40^ / 50^ , vertical standalone assembly. The specified switching frequencies do not apply to automatic mode.
4) Maximum settable rated motor current I_M , depending on the CLASS setting.

13.2.17 3RW40 2., 3., 4. main conductor cross-sections

Soft startersType3RW404.3RW403.3RW402
Conductor cross-sections
Screw terminalsMain conductors
Front clamping point connected• Solid mm^2 2 x (1.5...2.5);2 x (2.5...6) according to IEC 60947;max. 1 x 102 x (2.5...16)2 x (1.5...16)
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW40 24, 26, 27, 28 power electronics - 1• With end sleeve mm^2 2 x (1.5...2.5);2 x (2.5...6)1 x (2.5...35)1 x (0.75...25)
• Stranded mm^2 -1 x (4...70)1 x (0.75...35)
• AWG cables
- SolidAWG2 x (16 ... 12)
- Solid or strandedAWG2 x (14...10)2 x (10...1/0)1 x (18...2)
- StrandedAWG1 x 8--
Rear clamping point connected• Solid mm^2 -2 x (2.5...16)2 x (1.5...16)
• With end sleeve mm^2 -1 x (2.5...50)1 x (1.5...25)
• Stranded mm^2 -1 x (10...70)1 x (1.5...35)
[28Y6]• AWG cables
- Solid or strandedAWG-1 x (16...2)2 x (10...1/0)
Both clamping points connected• Solid mm^2 -2 x (2.5...16)2 x (1.5...16)
• With end sleeve mm^2 -2 x (2.5...35)2 x (1.5...16)
• Stranded mm^2 -2 x (10...50)2 x (1.5...25)
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW40 24, 26, 27, 28 power electronics - 2• AWG cables
- Solid or strandedAWG-1 x (10...2/0)2 x (16...2)
• Tightening torqueNm2...2.56.54.5
lb.in18...224058
ToolsPZ2Allen screw 4 mm PZ2
Degree of protectionIP20IP20(terminal compartment IP00)IP20(terminal compartment IP00)
Spring-loaded terminalsMain conductors
• Solid mm^2 1...10-
• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm^2 1...6 end sleeves without plastic collar-
• AWG cables
- Solid or stranded (finely stranded)AWG16...10-
- StrandedAWG1 x 8-
ToolsDIN ISO 2380-1A0; 5 x 3-
Degree of protectionIP20-
Busbar connectionsMain conductors
• With cable lug according to DIN 46234 or 20 mm wide
- Stranded mm^2 2 x (10...70)-
- Finely-stranded mm^2 -2 x (10...50)
• AWG cables, solid or strandedAWG-2 x (7...1/0)

13.2.18 3RW40 5., 7. main conductor cross-sections

Soft startersType3RW405.3RW407.
Conductor cross-sections
Screw terminalsWith box terminalFront clamping point connectedSIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW40 24, 26, 27, 28 power electronics - 3Main conductors:3RT19 55-4G (55 kW)16...703RT19 66-4G70...24095...300Min. 6 x 9 x 0.8,Max. 6 x 15.5 x 0.86...2/0
• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm^2
• Stranded mm^2
• Ribbon cable conductors (number x width x thickness)mm
• AWG cables, solid or strandedAWG
Rear clamping point connectedSIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW40 24, 26, 27, 28 power electronics - 4• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm^2 16...70120...185
• Stranded mm^2 16...70120...240
• Ribbon cable conductors (number x width x thickness)mmMin. 3 x 9 x 0.8,Max. 6 x 15.5 x 0.86...2/0Min. 6 x 9 x 0.8Max. 20 x 24 x 0.5250...500 kcmil
• AWG cables, solid or strandedAWG
Both clamping points connectedSIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW40 24, 26, 27, 28 power electronics - 5• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm^2 Max. 1 x 50, 1 x 70Min. 2 x 50; max. 2 x 185
• Stranded mm^2 Max. 2 x 70Max. 2 x 70; max. 2 x 240
• Ribbon cable conductors (number x width x thickness)mmMax. 2 x (6 x 15.5 x 0.8)Max. 2 x (20 x 24 x 0.5)
• AWG cables, solid or strandedAWGMax. 2 x 1/0Min. 2 x 2/0; max. 2 x 500 kcmil
• Terminal screws-Tightening torqueNmM10 (hexagon socket, A/F4)10...12M12 (hexagon socket, A/F5)20...22
lb.in90...110180...195
Screw terminalsWith box terminalFront or rear clamping point connectedSIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW40 24, 26, 27, 28 power electronics - 6[NS300480]Main conductors:3RT19 56-4G16...120
• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm^2
• Stranded mm^2 16...120
• Ribbon cable conductors (number x width x thickness)mmMin. 3 x 9 x 0.8Max. 6 x 15.5 x 0.86...250 kcmil
• AWG cables, solid or strandedAWG
Both clamping points connectedSIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW40 24, 26, 27, 28 power electronics - 7[TENAMPTED]• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm^2 Max. 1 x 95, 1 x 120
• Stranded mm^2 Max. 2 x 120
• Ribbon cable conductors (number x width x thickness)mmMax. 2 x (10 x 15.5 x 0.8)
• AWG cables, solid or strandedAWGMax. 2 x 3/0
Screw terminalsMain conductors:Without box terminal / busbar connection
• Finely stranded with cable lug mm^2 16...95 ^1) 50...240 ^2)
• Stranded with cable lug mm^2 25...120 ^1) 70...240 ^2)
• AWG cables, solid or strandedAWG4...250 kcmil2/0...500 kcmil
• Connecting bar (max. width)mm1725
• Terminal screws-Tightening torqueNmM8x25 (A/F13)10...14M10x30 (A/F17)14...24
lb.in89...124124...210

1) When connecting cable lugs to DIN 46235, use 3RT19 56-4EA1 terminal cover for conductor cross-sections from 95 mm ^2 to ensure the required clearance between phases.
2) When connecting cable lugs to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235, use 3RT19 66-4EA1 terminal cover for conductor cross-sections from 240 mm² or 185 mm² respectively to ensure the required clearance between phases.

13.2.19 3RW40 .. auxiliary conductor cross-sections

TypeSoft starters3RW40..
Conductor cross-sections
Auxiliary conductors (1 or 2 conductors can be connected)
Screw terminals
• Solid mm^2 2 x (0.5...2.5)
• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm^2 2 x (0.5...1.5)
• AWG cables
- Solid or strandedAWG2 x (20...14)
- Finely stranded with end sleeveAWG2 x (20...16)
• Terminal screws
- Tightening torqueNm0.8...1.2
lb.in7...10.3
Spring-loaded terminals
• Solid
- 3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4. mm^2 2 x (0.25...2.5)
- 3RW40 5., 3RW40 7. mm^2 2 x (0.25...1.5)
• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm^2 2 x (0.25...1.5)
• AWG cables, solid or strandedAWG2 x (24...14) for 3RW402....3RW404.;2 x (24...16) for 3RW405. and 3RW407.

13.2.20 Electromagnetic compatibility according to EN 60947-4-2

ParametersStandard
Electromagnetic compatibility according to EN 60947-4-2
EMC interference immunity
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)EN 61000-4-2±4 kV contact discharge, ±8 kV air discharge
Electromagnetic RF fieldsEN 61000-4-3Frequency range: 80 to 1000 MHz with 80% at 1 kHzDegree of severity 3: 10 V/m
Conducted RF interferenceEN 61000-4-6Frequency range: 150 kHz...80 MHz with 80% at 1 kHzInterference 10 V
RF voltages and RF currents on cables
• BurstEN 61000-4-4±2 kV / 5 kHz
• SurgeEN 61000-4-5±1 kV line to line±2 kV line to ground
EMC interference emission
EMC interference field strengthEN 55011Limit value of Class A at 30...1000 MHz,Limit value of Class B for 3RW402.; 24 V AC/DC
Radio interference voltageEN 55011Limit value of Class A at 0.15...30 MHz,Limit value of Class B for 3RW402.; 24 V AC/DC
Radio interference suppression filters
Degree of noise suppression A (industrial applications)Not required
Degree of noise suppression B (applications for residential areas)
Control voltage
• 110...230 V AC/DCNot available ^1)
• 115/230 V ACNot available ^1)
• 24 V AC/DCNot required for 3RW402.;Required for 3RW403. and 3RW404. (see table)

1) Degree of noise suppression B cannot be obtained through the use of filters as the strength of the electromagnetic field is not attenuated by the filter.

Soft starter typesNominal current Soft startersRecommended filters ^1)
Voltage range 200 to 480 V
Filter typesATerminalsNominal current filters mm^2
A
3RW40 364EF1512-1AA10451650
3RW40 374EF1512-2AA10632566
3RW40 384EF1512-3AA10722590
3RW40 46804EF1512-3AA102590
3RW40 471064EF1512-4AA1050120

1) The radio interference suppression filter is used to remove the conducted

interference from the main circuit. The field-related emissions comply

with degree of noise suppression B. The filter should be selected under standard conditions:

10 starts per hour, ramp-up time 4 s at 300% I _e

13.2.22 Types of coordination

Types of coordination

The type of coordination according to which the motor feeder with soft starter is mounted depends on the application-specific requirements. Normally, fuseless mounting (combination of motor starter protector and soft starter) is sufficient. If type of coordination 2 needs to be fulfilled, semiconductor fuses must be fitted in the motor feeder.

ToC 1 Type of coordination 1 in accordance with IEC 60947-4-1:

The device is defective following a short-circuit failure and therefore unsuitable for further use (personnel and equipment must not be put at risk).

Type of coordination 2 in accordance with IEC 60947-4-1:

The device is suitable for further use following a short-circuit failure (personnel and equipment must not be put at risk).

The type of coordination only refers to soft starters in conjunction with the stipulated protective device (motor starter protector / fuse), not to additional components in the feeder.

13.2.23 Fuseless version

Fuseless version
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Fuseless version - 1
Soft startersQ11Type ANominal currentMotor starter protectors ^1)
Q1TypeQ1Type kA AIq maxRated current575 V +10%400 V +10%400 CurrentRated 0% current
Type of coordination 1^2)
3RW40 2412.53RV1 021-1KA103RV20 21-4AA/3RV20 11-4AA(in size S00)3RV1 321-1KC103RV23 21-4AC/3RV23 11-4AC(in size S00)5516--
3RW40 26253RV1 021-4DA103RV20 21-4DA3RV1 321-4DC103RV23 21-4DC5525--
3RW40 27323RV1 031-4EA103RV20 21-4EA3RV1 331-4EC103RV23 21-4EC5532--
3RW40 28383RV1 031-4FA103RV20 21-4FA3RV1 331-4FC103RV23 21-4FC5540--
3RW40 36453RV1 031-4GA103RV1 331-4GC102045--
3RW40 37633RV1 041-4JA103RV1 341-4JC102063--
3RW40 38723RV1 041-4KA103RV1 341-4KC102075--
3RW40 46803RV1 041-4LA103RV1 341-4LC101190--
3RW40 471063RV1 041-4MA103RV1 341-4MC1011100--
3RW40 551343VL3 720-2DC36352003VL3 720-1DC3612
3RW40 561623VL3 720-2DC36352003VL3 720-1DC3612
3RW40 732303VL4 731-2DC36653153VL5 731-3DC3635
3RW40 742803VL4 731-2DC36653153VL5 731-3DC3635
3RW40 753563VL4 740-2DC36654003VL5 740-3DC3635
3RW40 764323VL5 750-2DC36655003VL5 750-3DC3635

1) The rated motor current must be considered when selecting the devices. The 3RV13 and 3RV23 motor starter protectors are used for starter combinations (without motor protection). In this case, motor protection is provided by the 3RW40 soft starter.
2) The types of coordination are described in chapter Types of coordination [Page 155].

13.2.24 Fused version (line protection only)

Fused version (line protection only)
F1 Q21 Q11 M 3-
TypeNominal currentTypeRated current=SizeLine contactors Line protection, maximumSoft starters (optional)
AAQ21F1Q11
Type of coordination 1): Lq = 65 kA at 600 V + 5%
3RW40 2412.53NA3 820-650003RT10 243RT20 25/3RT20 18 (in size S00)
3RW40 26253NA3 822-663003RT10 263RT20 26
3RW40 27323NA3 824-680003RT10 343RT20 27
3RW40 28383NA3 824-680003RT10 353RT20 28
3RW40 36453NA3 130-610013RT10 36
3RW40 37633NA3 132-612513RT10 44
3RW40 38723NA3 132-612513RT10 45
3RW40 46803NA3 136-616013RT10 45
3RW40 471063NA3 136-616013RT10 46
3RW40 551343NA3 244-625023RT10 55-6A.36
3RW40 561623NA3 244-625023RT10 56-6A.36
3RW40 732302 x 3NA3 354-62 x 35533RT10 65-6A.36
3RW40 742802 x 3NA3 354-62 x 35533RT10 66-6A.36
3RW40 753562 x 3NA3 365-62 x 50033RT10 75-6A.36
3RW40 764322 x 3NA3 365-62 x 50033RT10 76-6A.36

1) The types of coordination are described in chapter Types of coordination [Page 155]. Type of coordination 1 only refers to soft starters in conjunction with the stipulated protective device (motor starter protector / fuse), not to additional components in the feeder.

13.2.25 Fused version with SITOR 3NE1 fuses

Assembly as for type of coordination 2, with SITOR all-range fuses (F'1) for combined thyristor and line protection.

Fused version with SITOR 3NE1 fuses (semiconductor and line protection)
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Fused version with SITOR 3NE1 fuses - 1For suitable fuse bases, refer to "SENTRON switching and protecting devices for power distribution" → "Switch disconnectors" the LV1 Catalog and to "BETA protecting" → "SITOR semiconductor fuses" in the ET B1 Catalog or consult www.siemens.de/sitor
Nominal currentAll-range fusesSoft startersLine contactors (optional)
F'1Q11Rated current=SizeQ21
ATypeAType
Type of coordination 2^1) : I_q = 65 kA at 600 V + 5%
3RW40 2412.53NE1 814-0200003RT10 243RT20 25
3RW40 26253NE1 803-0350003RT10 263RT20 26
3RW40 27323NE1 020-280003RT10 343RT20 27
3RW40 28383NE1 020-280003RT10 353RT20 28
3RW40 36453NE1 020-280003RT10 36
3RW40 37633NE1 820-0800003RT10 44
3RW40 38723NE1 820-0800003RT10 45
3RW40 46803NE1 021-0100003RT10 45
3RW40 471063NE1 022-0125003RT10 46
3RW40 551343NE1 227-225013RT10 55-6A.36
3RW40 561623NE1 227-225013RT10 56-6A.36
3RW40 732303NE1 331-235023RT10 65-6A.36
3RW40 742803NE1 333-245023RT10 66-6A.36
3RW40 753563NE1 334-250023RT10 75-6A.36
3RW40 764323NE1 435-256033RT10 76-6A.36
Nominal currentAll-range fusesSoft startersLine contactors (optional)
F'1Q11Rated current=Size
ATypeATypeQ21
Type of coordination 2 ^1) : I_q = 65kA at 600 V + 5%
3RW40 2412.53NE1 814-0200003RT10 243RT20 25
3RW40 26253NE1 803-0350003RT10 263RT20 26
3RW40 27323NE1 020-280003RT10 343RT20 27
3RW40 28383NE1 020-280003RT10 353RT20 28
3RW40 36453NE1 020-280003RT10 36
3RW40 37633NE1 820-0800003RT10 44
3RW40 38723NE1 820-0800003RT10 45
3RW40 46803NE1 021-0100003RT10 45
3RW40 471063NE1 022-0125003RT10 46
3RW40 551343NE1 227-225013RT10 55-6A.36
3RW40 561623NE1 227-225013RT10 56-6A.36
3RW40 732303NE1 331-235023RT10 65-6A.36
3RW40 742803NE1 333-245023RT10 66-6A.36
3RW40 753563NE1 334-250023RT10 75-6A.36
3RW40 764323NE1 435-256033RT10 76-6A.36

1) The types of coordination are described in chapter Types of coordination [Page 155]. Type of coordination 2 only refers to soft starters in conjunction with the stipulated protective device (motor starter protector / fuse), not to additional components in the feeder.

13.2.26 Fused version with SITOR 3NE3/4/8 fuses

Assembly as for type of coordination 2, with additional SITOR fuses (F3) for thyristor protection only.

Fused version with 3NE3 SITOR fuses (semiconductor protection by fuse, line, and overload protection by motor starter protector; alternatively, installation with contactor and overload relay possible)
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Fused version with SITOR 3NE3/4/8 fuses - 1SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Fused version with SITOR 3NE3/4/8 fuses - 2For suitable fuse bases, refer to under "SENTRON switching and protecting devices for power distribution" → "Switch disconnectors" in the LV1 Catalog and to "BETA protecting" → "SITOR semiconductor fuses" in the ET B1 Catalog or consult www.siemens.de/sitor
Soft startersQ11TypeNominal currentASemiconductor fuses, minimumSemiconductor fuses, maximumSemiconductor fuses, minimum
F3TypeRated currentASizeF3TypeRated currentASizeF3TypeRated currentASize
Type of coordination 2^1) : I_q = 65kA at 600V + 5%
3RW40 2412.5------3NE4101320
3RW40 2625---3NE3 22110013NE4102400
3RW40 2732---3NE3 22416013NE4118630
3RW40 2838---3NE3 22416013NE4118630
3RW40 3645---3NE3 22416013NE4120800
3RW40 3763---3NE3 22520013NE41211000
3RW40 38723NE3 22110013NE3 2272501---
3RW40 46803NE3 22212513NE3 2252001---
3RW40 471063NE3 22416013NE3 2313501---
3RW40 551343NE3 22725013NE3 3355602---
3RW40 561623NE3 22725013NE3 3355602---
3RW40 732303NE3 232-0B40013NE3 3334502---
3RW40 742803NE3 23345013NE3 3366302---
3RW40 753563NE3 33556023NE3 3366302---
3RW40 764323NE3 337-871023NE3 340-89002---
Soft startersQ11TypeNominal currentASemiconductor fuses, max.Semiconductor fuses, min.Semiconductor fuses, max.Cylindrical fuses
F3TypeRated currentASizeF3TypeRated currentASizeF3TypeRated currentASizeRated currentA
Type of coordination 2^1) : I_q = 65kA at 600V + 5%
3RW40 2412.53NE41175003NE8015-125003NE8017-150003NC2240 40
3RW40 26253NE41175003NE8017-150003NE8021-1100003NC2263 63
3RW40 27323NE41186303NE8018-163003NE8022-1125003NC2280 80
3RW40 28383NE41186303NE8020-180003NE8024-1160003NC2280 80
3RW40 36453NE41208003NE8020-180003NE8024-1160003NC2280 80
3RW40 37633NE412110003NE8021-1100003NE8024-116000-
3RW40 3872---3NE8022-1125003NE8024-116000-
3RW40 4680---3NE8 022-1125003NE8024-116000-
3RW40 47106---3NE8 024-1160003NE8024-116000-
3RW40 55134----------
3RW40 56162----------
3RW40 73230----------
3RW40 74280----------
3RW40 75356----------
3RW40 76432----------

13.2 3RW40

Soft starters _1c Q11NominalcurrentLine contactors(optional)Q21Motor starter protectors400 V +10%Q1Ratedcurrent575 V +10%Q1RatedcurrentLine protection, maximumF1RatedcurrentATypeATypeATypeAType
Type of coordination 2^1) : I_q = 65 kA at 600 V + 5%
3RW40 2412.53RT10 243RT20 25/3RT20 18(in size S00)3RV1 021-4KA103RV20 21-4AA/3RV20 11-4AA(in size S00)16--3NA3 820-65000
3RW40 26253RT10 263RT20 263RV1 021-4DA103RV20 21-4DA25--3NA3 822-66300
3RW40 27323RT10 343RT20 273RV1 031-4EA103RV20 21-4EA32--3NA3 824-68000
3RW40 28383RT10 353RT20 283RV1 031-4FA103RV20 21-4FA40--3NA3 824-68000
3RW40 36453RT10 363RV1 031-4GA1045--3NA3 130-61001
3RW40 37633RT10 443RV1 041-4JA1063--3NA3 132-61251
3RW40 38723RT10 453RV1 041-4KA1075--3NA3 132-61251
3RW40 46803RT10 453RV1 041-4LA1090--3NA3 136-61601
3RW40 471063RT10 463RV1 041-4MA10100--3NA3 136-61601
3RW40 551343RT10 55-6A.363VL3 7202003VL332030244-62502
3RW40 561623RT10 56-6A.363VL3 7202003VL3 7202003NA3 244-62502
3RW40 732303RT10 65-6A.363VL4 7313153VL5 7313152 x 3NA3 354-632 x 355
3RW40 742803RT10 66-6A.363VL4 7313153VL5 7313152 x 3NA3 354-632 x 355
3RW40 753563RT10 75-6A.363VL4 7404003VL524030244-632 x 500
3RW40 764323RT10 76-6A.363VL5 7505003VL5 7505002 x 3NA3 365-632 x 500

1) The types of coordination are described in chapter Types of coordination [Page 155]. Type of coordination 2 only refers to soft starters in conjunction with the stipulated protective device (motor starter protector / fuse), not to additional components in the feeder.

13.2.27 Motor protection tripping characteristics for 3RW40 (with symmetry)
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW40 - 1

line | x | Tripping time t [s] (Class 15Class-10) | Tripping time t [s] (Class 20) | | --- | --- | --- | | 0 | 1000 | 1000 | | 2 | 4 | 6 | | 4 | 2 | 3 | | 6 | 1 | 2 | | 10 | 1 | 1.5 |

13.2.28 Motor protection tripping characteristics for 3RW40 (with asymmetry)
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW40 - 2

line | x | Tripping time t [s] (Class 15Class 10) | Tripping time t [s] (Class 20) | | --- | --- | --- | | 0.1 | ~1000 | ~1000 | | 1.0 | ~30 | ~30 | | 10.0 | ~10 | ~15 |

13.3 Win-Soft Starter selection and simulation software

13.3 Win-Soft Starter selection and simulation software

This software can be used to simulate and select all SIEMENS soft starters, taking into account various parameters such as the supply system conditions, motor data, load data, specific application requirements, etc.

It is a useful tool, which does away with the need for time-consuming and complex manual calculations if you need to select the optimum soft starter for your particular case.

The Win-Soft Starter selection and simulation software can be downloaded from (http://www.automation.siemens.com/mcms/low-voltage/en/industrial-controls/controls/solid-state-switching-devices/soft/software/Pages/default.aspx)

More information about soft starters can likewise be found on the Internet at (http://www.siemens.com/softstarter)

14.1 3RW30 for standard applications

b f c

h d e g a 35 m i NS80_01945

Diagram showing a right angle with labeled dimensions k and r, and two circular symbols at the top.

Type / dimensions (mm)mlkihgfedcba
3RW301.-1.95456214612614.46356.5358595
3RW301.-2.95456214612614.46356.53585117.2
3RW302.-1.125459214612614.46356.535115125
3RW302.-2.125459214612614.46356.535115150
3RW303.16055110163140186356.530150144
3RW304.1707011018115822.58551060160160
Distances from grounded parts (mm)LateralTopBottomFixing screwsTightening torques (Nm)
3RW301.56040M41
3RW302.56040M41
3RW303.306040M41
3RW304.306040M42

14.2 3RW40 for standard applications

14.2 3RW40 for standard applications
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW40 for standard applications - 1

Type / dimensions (mm)abcdefghiklm
459214912614.46356.5351151251253RW402.-1.
459214912614.46356.5351151501253RW402.-2.
55110165140186356.5301501441603RW403.
7011018315822.585510601601601703RW404.
Distances from grounded parts (mm)LateralTopBottomFixing screwsTightening torques (Nm)
6040M4 153RW402.
6040M4 1303RW403.
6040M4 2303RW404.

14.2 3RW40 for standard applications

b f c d n U a e q p k

h g m NSB0_01480

qponmlkihgfedcbaType / dir
3RW405.18012037171671002232501801486.515371989M6, 10 Nm
3RW407.210160482519014024027820516610166923011M8, 15 Nm

15.1 Typical circuit for the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation

A thermistor motor protection evaluation function is optionally available for the 24 V AC/DC control voltage version of the 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4.

Note

If a thermistor is connected (PTC type A or Klixon), you must remove the copper jumper between terminals T11/21 and T22.

Thermoclick -Q11 Type A PTC -T22T12T11/T21 -T22T12T11/T21 -Q11

Figure 15-1 Optional thermistor motor protection evaluation

15.2 Control by pushbutton

15.2.1 Control of the 3RW30 by pushbutton

(1) L -F1 -S1 (3) Motor start -Q11 14 13 ON -S4 Motor stop Start A1 1 -Q11 A2 N

(1)(2) -Q1 L1 L2 L3 -Q11 3RW30 T1 T2 T3 W1V1U1 -M1 M

Figure 15-2 Wiring of the 3RW30 control and main circuits

(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].
(2) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Control of the 3RW30 by pushbutton - 3

WARNING

(3) Automatic restart. Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

Faults caused by incorrect control voltage, a missing load, or a phase failure (refer to chapter 3RW30: LEDs and troubleshooting [Page 44]) are automatically reset when the system returns to normal. An automatic restart is initiated and the 3RW restarted if a start command is present at the input.

If you do not want the motor to start automatically, you must integrate suitable additional components, e.g. phase failure or load monitoring devices, into the control and main circuits.

15.2.2 Control of the 3RW40 by pushbutton

L (1) -F1 -S2 RESET >1.5 s -S1 Motor start -S4 Motor stop A1 -Q11 A2 N Start -96 98 14 24 -95 95 13 ON 23 OVERLOAD / FAILURE ON BYPASSED (1)(2) -Q1 -L1 L2 L3 -T1 T2 T3 -W1/V1U1 -M1 M

Figure 15-3 Wiring of the 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4 control circuit and the 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 7 main circuit

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Control of the 3RW40 by pushbutton - 2

flowchart
graph TD
    L["Line L"] -->|F1| RESET["RESET 0.2 to 4 s"]
    RESET -->|S2| S2
    S2 -->|S1 Motor start| MotorStart["Motor stop"]
    MotorStart -->|S4 Motor stop| Overload["Overload / FAILURE ON"]
    Overload -->|Q11| Overload
    Overload -->|96| Overload
    Overload -->|98| Overload
    Overload -->|14| Overload
    Overload -->|24| Bypassed["Bypassed"]
    E1["E1"] --> A1["A1"]
    Q11["-Q11"] --> A2["A2"]
    N["N"] --> A2
    A1 --> Start["Start"]
    A2 --> Start
    style S2 fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style Q11 fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style Overload fill:#cfc,stroke:#333

Figure 15-4 Wiring of the 3RW40 5 to 3RW40 7 control circuit

(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].
(2) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]

For the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation, refer to typical circuit for the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation [Page 167].

15.3 Control by switch

15.3.1 Control of the 3RW30 by switch

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Control of the 3RW30 by switch - 1
Figure 15-5 Wiring of the control and main circuits

(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Control of the 3RW30 by switch - 2

WARNING

(2) Automatic restart. Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

Faults caused by incorrect control voltage, a missing load, or a phase failure (refer to chapter 3RW30: LEDs and troubleshooting [Page 44]) are automatically reset when the system returns to normal. An automatic restart is initiated and the 3RW restarted if a start command is present at the input.

If you do not want the motor to start automatically, you must integrate suitable additional components, e.g. phase failure or load monitoring devices, into the control and main circuits.

(3) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]

15.3.2 Control of the 3RW40 by switch

(1) L -F1 -S2 RESET >1.5 s (-2) -S1 -96 98 14 -Q11 95 13 OVERLOAD/ FAILURE ON / RUN BYPASSED 24 23 A1 1 Start -A1 A2 -H1 Fault -H2 -H3 N

(1)(3) -Q1 |>>|>>| -Q11 3RW40 L1 L2 L3 T1 T2 T3 W1V1U1 -M1 M

Figure 15-6 Wiring of the 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4 control circuit and the 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 7 main circuit
L (1) -F1 -S2 RESET 0.2 to 4 s -Q11 96 98 14 95 13 ON/RUN BYPASSED (2) -S1 Start OVERLOAD / FAILURE Fault -E1 A1 1 2 3 -H1 -H2 H3 -E2 A2 3RU1900-2A (remote RESET) N

Figure 15-7 Wiring of the 3RW40 5 to 3RW40 7 control circuit
(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Control of the 3RW40 by switch - 4

WARNING

(2) Automatic restart.

Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

The start command (e.g. issued by the PLC or switch S1) must be reset prior to issuing a RESET command because the motor attempts to restart again automatically following this RESET command if a start command is still present. This particularly applies if the motor protection has tripped. For safety reasons, you are advised to integrate the group fault output (terminals 95 and 96) in the controller.

(3) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]

For the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation, refer to typical circuit for the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation [Page 167].

15.4 Control in automatic mode

15.4.1 Control of the 3RW30 in automatic mode
(1) L -F1 (2) -S1 ON / OFF 14 -Q11 13 ON A1 -1 Start -Q11 A2 -N -H1

(1)(3) -Q1 L1 L2 L3 -Q11 3RW30 T1 T2 T3 W1V1U1 -M1 M

Figure 15-8 Wiring of the 3RW30 control and main circuits

(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Control in automatic mode - 3

WARNING

(2) Automatic restart. Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

Faults caused by incorrect control voltage, a missing load, or a phase failure (refer to chapter 3RW30: LEDs and troubleshooting [Page 44]) are automatically reset when the system returns to normal. An automatic restart is initiated and the 3RW restarted if a start command is present at the input.

If you do not want the motor to start automatically, you must integrate suitable additional components, e.g. phase failure or load monitoring devices, into the control and main circuits.

(3) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]

15.4.2 Control of the 3RW40 in automatic mode

(1) L -F1 (2)(4) -S1 ON / OFF RESET >1.5 s -A1 -Q11 A2 N Start -96 98 14 24 -95 13 ON / RUN BYPASSED OVERLOAD / FAILURE Fault -H1 -H3-X2

(1)(3) -Q1 L1 L2 L3 -Q11 3RW40 T1 T2 T3 W1V1U1 -M1 M

Figure 15-9 Wiring of the 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4 control circuit and the 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 7 main circuit

15.4 Control in automatic mode

L (1) -F1 (2)(4) -S1I ON / OFF -S2 RESET 0.2 to 4 s 3RU1900-2A (remote RESET) E1 A1 1 2 3 Start -E2 A2 N -Q11 96 98 14 24 -95 13 ON / RUN 23 -OVERLOAD / FAILURE H1 -H2 H3 BYPASSED Fault

Figure 15-10 Wiring of the 3RW40 5 to 3RW40 7 control circuit

(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Control in automatic mode - 2

WARNING

(2) Automatic restart.

Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

The start command (e.g. issued by the PLC or switch S1) must be reset prior to issuing a RESET command because the motor attempts to restart again automatically following this RESET command if a start command is still present. This particularly applies if the motor protection has tripped. For safety reasons, you are advised to integrate the group fault output (terminals 95 and 96) in the controller.

(3) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]

Note

(4) Idle time until restart.

Owing to the intrinsic protection (3RW), an idle time of at least five minutes must be allowed prior to restarting if the device is switched on and off by means of the control voltage under field conditions.

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Idle time until restart. - 1

For the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation, refer to Typical circuit for the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation [Page 167].

15.5 Control by PLC

15.5.1 Control of the 3RW30 with 24 V DC by PLC

24 V DC L -F1 -Q1 96 98 14 -911 95 13 ON OVERLOAD PLC Output PLC Input (2) Start A1 -911 A2 M

(1)(3)(1) -Q1 L1 L2 L3 -Q11 3RW30 T1 T2 T3 W1V1U1 -M1 M

Figure 15-11 Wiring of the 3RW30 control and main circuits

(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Control of the 3RW30 with 24 V DC by PLC - 3

WARNING

(2) Automatic restart. Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

Faults caused by incorrect control voltage, a missing load, or a phase failure (refer to chapter 3RW30: LEDs and troubleshooting [Page 44]) are automatically reset when the system returns to normal. An automatic restart is initiated and the 3RW restarted if a start command is present at the input.

If you do not want the motor to start automatically, you must integrate suitable additional components, e.g. phase failure or load monitoring devices, into the control and main circuits.

(3) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]

15.5.2 Control of the 3RW40 by PLC

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Control of the 3RW40 by PLC - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Start"] --> B["A1 -Q11 A2"]
    B --> C["+24 V DC"]
    C --> D["M (2)"]
    D --> E["PLC Output"]
    E --> F["Overload / FAILURE"]
    F --> G["ON / RUN"]
    G --> H["BYPASSSED"]
    H --> I["PLC Input"]
    I --> J["-Q11"]
    J --> K["96 98 14"]
    K --> L["95 13"]
    L --> M["23"]
    M --> N["24"]
    N --> O["-F1"]
    O --> P["+24 V DC"]
    P --> Q["(-1.5 s)"]
    Q --> R["L (1)"]
    R --> S["+24 V DC"]
    S --> T["N"]

(1)(3) -Q1 |>>| -Q21 -L1 L2 L3 -Q11 T1 T2 T3 W1V1U1 -M1 M

Figure 15-12 Wiring of the 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4 control circuit (with 24 V control voltage) and the 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 7 main circuit
L (1) -F1 -S2 RESET 0.2 to 4 s -Q11 96 98 14 24 95 13 ON / RUN BYPASSED +24 V DC PLC Output PLC Input M (2) Start E1 A1 1 2 3 -E2 A2 3RU1900-2A (remote RESET) N

Figure 15-13 Wiring of the 3RW40 5 to 3RW40 7 control circuit

(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Control of the 3RW40 by PLC - 4

WARNING

(2) Automatic restart.

Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

The start command (e.g. issued by the PLC or switch S1) must be reset prior to issuing a RESET command because the motor attempts to restart again automatically following this RESET command if a start command is still present. This particularly applies if the motor protection has tripped. For safety reasons, you are advised to integrate the group fault output (terminals 95 and 96) in the controller.

(3) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]

For the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation, refer to Typical circuit for the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation [Page 167].

15.6 Control with an optional main / line contactor

15.6.1 Control of the 3RW30 with a main contactor

(1) L -F1 (2) -S1 -14 -13 ON A1 -Q11 1 Start A2 N -A1 -Q21 A2 u

(1)(3) -Q1 -Q21 L1 L2 L3 -Q11 3RW30 T1 T2 T3 U1 V1 W1 -M1 M

Figure 15-14 Wiring of the 3RW30 control and main circuits

(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Control of the 3RW30 with a main contactor - 3

WARNING

(2) Automatic restart. Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

Faults caused by incorrect control voltage, a missing load, or a phase failure (refer to chapter 3RW30: LEDs and troubleshooting [Page 44]) are automatically reset when the system returns to normal. An automatic restart is initiated and the 3RW restarted if a start command is present at the input.

If you do not want the motor to start automatically, you must integrate suitable additional components, e.g. phase failure or load monitoring devices, into the control and main circuits.

(3) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]

15.6.2 Control of the 3RW40 with a main contactor

(1) L -F1 -S2 RESET >1.5 s (2) -S1 -A1 -Q11 A2 N Start -96 98 14 24 95 OVERLOAD/ FAILURE 13 RUN BYPASSED Fault -H1 -Q21 -H3

(1)(3) -Q1 -Q21 -L1 L2 L3 -Q11 3RW40 -T1 T2 T3 -W1V1U1 -M1 M

Figure 15-15 Wiring of the 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4 control circuit and the 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 7 main circuit

(1) L -F1 -S2 RESET 0.2 to 4 s -Q11 96 98 14 24 95 13 23 OVERLOAD / FAILURE RUN BYPASSSED (2) -S1 Start -E1 A1 1 2 3 Start -E1 E2 A2 -H1 Fault -Q21 -H3 3RU1900-2A (remote RESET) N

Figure 15-16 Wiring of the 3RW40 5 to 3RW40 7 control circuit

Note

If a soft stop is required, the function of output 13/14 must be reparameterized to "RUN" (refer to Commissioning the 3RW40 [Page 98]).

(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Note - 1

WARNING

(2) Automatic restart.

Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

The start command (e.g. issued by the PLC or switch S1) must be reset prior to issuing a RESET command because the motor attempts to restart again automatically following this RESET command if a start command is still present. This particularly applies if the motor protection has tripped. For safety reasons, you are advised to integrate the group fault output (terminals 95 and 96) in the controller.

(3) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]

For the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation, refer to Typical circuit for the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation [Page 167].

15.7 Reversing circuit

15.7.1 3RW30 reversing circuit

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW30 reversing circuit - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    L["Start"] -->|A1 -Q11 A2| MotorCW
    MotorCW -->|U -Q22 -Q21 A2| MotorCCW
    MotorCCW -->|A1 -Q22 -Q21 A2| MotorCW
    MotorCW -->|S4 Motor CW -Q21| MotorCCW
    MotorCCW -->|S4 Motor CW -Q22| MotorCW
    MotorCW -->|S4 Motor stop| MotorCCW
    MotorCCW -->|K1 Motor CCW -Q1| MotorCW
    MotorCCW -->|K1 Motor CCW -Q11| MotorCW
    MotorCW -->|ON| ON
    ON -->|Q11 14 13| MotorCCW
    style L fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style N fill:#ccf,stroke:#333

(1)(3) -Q1 |>>|>>| -Q22 -Q21 -L1 L2 L3 -Q11 3RW30 T1 T2 T3 W1V1U1 -M1 M

Figure 15-17 Wiring of the 3RW30 control and main circuits

(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW30 reversing circuit - 3

WARNING

(2) Automatic restart. Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

Faults caused by incorrect control voltage, a missing load, or a phase failure (refer to chapter 3RW30: LEDs and troubleshooting [Page 44]) are automatically reset when the system returns to normal. An automatic restart is initiated and the 3RW restarted if a start command is present at the input.

If you do not want the motor to start automatically, you must integrate suitable additional components, e.g. phase failure or load monitoring devices, into the control and main circuits.

(3) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter technical data [Page 121]

15.7.2 3RW40 reversing circuit
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - WARNING - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    L[" L "] --> F1["-F1 "]
    F1 --> S2[" -S2 RESET >1.5 s "]
    S2 --> K1[" -K1 "]
    K1 --> Start[" Start "]
    Start --> A1[" A1 -Q11 A2 "]
    A1 --> Fault[" Fault "]
    Fault --> MotorCW[" Motor CW "]
    MotorCW --> U1[" U "]
    U1 --> A2[" A2 "]
    A2 --> MotorCCW[" Motor CCW "]
    MotorCCW --> U2[" U "]
    U2 --> A1A[" A1 "]
    A1A --> MotorStop[" -S4 Motor Stop "]
    MotorStop --> U3[" U "]
    U3 --> A2A[" A2 "]
    A2A --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U4[" U "]
    U4 --> A1B[" A1 "]
    A1B --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U5[" U "]
    U5 --> A2B[" A2 "]
    A2B --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U6[" U "]
    U6 --> A1C[" A1 "]
    A1C --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U7[" U "]
    U7 --> A2C[" A2 "]
    A2C --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U8[" U "]
    U8 --> A1D[" A1 "]
    A1D --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U9[" U "]
    U9 --> A2D[" A2 "]
    A2D --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U10[" U "]
    U10 --> A1E[" A1 "]
    A1E --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U11[" U "]
    U11 --> A2E[" A2 "]
    A2E --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U12[" U "]
    U12 --> A1F[" A1 "]
    A1F --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U13[" U "]
    U13 --> A2F[" A2 "]
    A2F --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U14[" U "]
    U14 --> A2G[" A2 "]
    A2G --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U15[" U "]
    U15 --> A2H[" A2 "]
    A2H --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U16[" U "]
    U16 --> A2I[" A2 "]
    A2I --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U17[" U "]
    U17 --> A2J[" A2 "]
    A2J --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U18[" U "]
    U18 --> A2K[" A2 "]
    A2K --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U19[" U "]
    U19 --> A2L[" A2 "]
    A2L --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U20[" U "]
    U20 --> A2M[" A2 "]
    A2M --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U21[" U "]
    U21 --> A2N[" A2 "]
    A2N --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U22[" U "]
    U22 --> A2O[" A2 "]
    A2O --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U23[" U "]
    U23 --> A2P[" A2 "]
    A2P --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U24[" U "]
    U24 --> A2Q[" A2 "]
    A2Q --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U25[" U "]
    U25 --> A2R[" A2 "]
    A2R --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U26[" U "]
    U26 --> A2S[" A2 "]
    A2S --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U27[" U "]
    U27 --> A2U[" A2 "]
    A2U --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U28[" U "]
    U28 --> A2V[" A2 "]
    A2V --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U29[" U "]
    U29 --> A2X[" A2 "]
    A2X --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U30[" U "]
    U30 --> A2Y[" A2 "]
    A2Y --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U31[" U "]
    U31 --> A2Z[" A2 "]
    A2Z --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U32[" U "]
    U32 --> A2X
    A2X --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U33[" U "]
    U33 --> A2Y
    A2Y --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U34[" U "]
    U34 --> A2Z
    A2Z --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U35[" U "]
    U35 --> A2X
    A2X --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U36[" U "]
    U36 --> A2Y
    A2Y --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U37[" U "]
    U37 --> A2Z
    A2Z --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U38[" U "]
    U38 --> A2X
    A2X --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U39[" U "]
    U39 --> A2Y
    A2Y --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U40[" U "]
    U40 --> A2Z
    A2Z --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U41[" U "]
    U41 --> A2X
    A2X --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U42[" U "]
    U42 --> A2Y
    A2Y --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U43[" U "]
    U43 --> A2Z
    A2Z --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U44[" U "]
    U44 --> A2X
    A2X --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U45[" U "]
    U45 --> A2Y
    A2Y --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U46[" U "]
    U46 --> A2Z
    A2Z --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U47[" U "]
    U47 --> A2X
    A2X --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U48[" U "]
    U48 --> A2Y
    A2Y --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U49[" U "]
    U49 --> A2Z
    A2Z --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U50[" U "]
    U50 --> A2X
    A2X --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U51[" U "]
    U51 --> A2Y
    A2Y --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U52[" U "]
    U52 --> A2Z
    A2Z --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U53[" U "]
    U53 --> A2X
    A2X --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U54[" U "]
    U54 --> A2Y
    A2Y --> MotorCCW
    MotorCCW --> U55[" U "]
    U55 --> A2Z
    A2Z --> MotorCCW

(1)(3) -Q1 -Q21-Q22 L1 L2 L3 -Q11 3RW40 T1 T2 T3 U1 V1 W1 -M1 M

Figure 15-18 Wiring of the 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 5 control circuit and the 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 7 main circuit

15.7 Reversing circuit

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Reversing circuit - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Start"] --> B["(-Q11)"]
    B --> C["A1"]
    C --> D["1"]
    D --> E["2"]
    E --> F["3"]
    F --> G["(-Q21)"]
    G --> H["A1"]
    H --> I["2"]
    I --> J["(-Q22)"]
    J --> K["A2"]
    K --> L["Motor CW"]
    L --> M["U"]
    M --> N["Motor CCW"]
    N --> O["A1"]
    O --> P["U"]
    P --> Q["-K1"]
    Q --> R["A2"]
    R --> S["U"]
    S --> T["-S4 Motor stop"]
    T --> U["-Q21"]
    U --> V["A1"]
    V --> W["U"]
    W --> X["-S2 Motor CW"]
    X --> Y["-Q22"]
    Y --> Z["-Q21"]
    Z --> AA["A1"]
    AA --> AB["U"]
    AB --> AC["-S1 Motor CW"]
    AC --> AD["-Q21"]
    AD --> AE["A2"]
    AE --> AF["U"]
    AF --> AG["-S4 Motor stop"]
    AG --> AH["-Q22"]
    AH --> AI["A1"]
    AI --> AJ["U"]
    AJ --> AK["-S1 Motor CW"]
    AK --> AL["-Q22"]
    AL --> AM["A2"]
    AM --> AN["U"]
    AN --> AO["-S4 Motor stop"]
    AO --> AP["-Q21"]
    AP --> AQ["A1"]
    AQ --> AR["U"]
    AR --> AS["-S1 Motor CW"]
    AS --> AT["-Q22"]
    AT --> AU["A1"]
    AU --> AV["U"]
    AV --> AW["-S4 Motor stop"]
    AW --> AX["-Q21"]
    AX --> AY["A2"]
    AY --> AZ["U"]

Figure 15-19 Wiring of the 3RW40 5 to 3RW40 7 control circuit

(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Reversing circuit - 2

WARNING

(2) Automatic restart.

Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

The start command (e.g. issued by the PLC or switch S1) must be reset prior to issuing a RESET command because the motor attempts to restart again automatically following this RESET command if a start command is still present. This particularly applies if the motor protection has tripped. For safety reasons, you are advised to integrate the group fault output (terminals 95 and 96) in the controller.

(3) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]

For the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation, refer to typical circuit for the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation [Page 167].

NOTICE

No soft stop possible. Set the ramp-down time to 0 s with the potentiometer.

15.8 Control of a magnetic parking brake

15.8.1 3RW30 motor with magnetic parking brake

(1) L -F1 (2) -S1 -Q11 96 98 95 OVERLOAD -Q11 14 13 ON A1 1 Start -A2 -N OVERLOAD -(Q11) 3RW30 L1 L2 L3 T1 T2 T3 W1V1U1 M -Brake -M1

Figure 15-20 Wiring of the 3RW30 control and main circuits

(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW30 motor with magnetic parking brake - 2

WARNING

(2) Automatic restart. Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

Faults caused by incorrect control voltage, a missing load, or a phase failure (refer to chapter 3RW30: LEDs and troubleshooting [Page 44]) are automatically reset when the system returns to normal. An automatic restart is initiated and the 3RW restarted if a start command is present at the input.

If you do not want the motor to start automatically, you must integrate suitable additional components, e.g. phase failure or load monitoring devices, into the control and main circuits.

(3) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]

15.8.2 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4, control of a motor with a magnetic parking brake

(1) L -F1 -S2 RESET >1.5 s -(2) -S1 -96 98 14 24 -95 95 OVERLOAD ON 23 BYPASSED (-Q11) Start A1 1 -Q11 A2 -N Fault H1 (BYPASSED) OVERLOAD ON (L1 L2 L3 3RW40 T1 T2 T3 W1V1U1 -M1 Brake M (1)(3) -Q1

Figure 15-21 Wiring of the 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4 control / main circuit

(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4, control of a motor with a magnetic parking brake - 2

WARNING

(2) Automatic restart.

Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

The start command (e.g. issued by the PLC or switch S1) must be reset prior to issuing a RESET command because the motor attempts to restart again automatically following this RESET command if a start command is still present. This particularly applies if the motor protection has tripped. For safety reasons, you are advised to integrate the group fault output (terminals 95 and 96) in the controller.

(3) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]

For the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation, refer to typical circuit for the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation [Page 167].

NOTICE

No soft stop possible. Set the ramp-down time to 0 s with the potentiometer.

15.8.3 3RW40 5 to 3RW40 7, control of a motor with a magnetic parking brake

(1) L -F1 -S2 RESET 0.2 to 4 s (2) 3RU1900-2A (remote RESET) E1 -A1 Start 2 3 N -E2 -A2 Fault (-Q11) -S1 -96 98 14 24 95 13 ON 23 BYPASSSED OVERLOAD / FAILURE L1 L2 L3 -Q11 3RW40 T1 T2 T3 W1V1U1 -M1 Brake M

Figure 15-22 Wiring of the 3RW40 5 to 3RW40 7 control / main circuit

(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW40 5 to 3RW40 7, control of a motor with a magnetic parking brake - 2

WARNING

(2) Automatic restart.

Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

The start command (e.g. issued by the PLC or switch S1) must be reset prior to issuing a RESET command because the motor attempts to restart again automatically following this RESET command if a start command is still present. This particularly applies if the motor protection has tripped. For safety reasons, you are advised to integrate the group fault output (terminals 95 and 96) in the controller.

(3) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]

For the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation, refer to Typical circuit for the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation [Page 167].

NOTICE

No soft stop possible. Set the ramp-down time to 0 s with the potentiometer.

15.9 Emergency stop

15.9.1 3RW30 emergency stop and 3TK2823 safety relay

L+ (24 V DC) -S4 Emergency stop S3 (2) On (3TK reset) -Q21 -Q22 Y332313Y12Y11A1 3TK2823-1CB30 Y21 Y22 A2 14 24 Y34 -Q21 -Q22 M

Figure 15-23 Wiring of the emergency stop control circuit and the 3TK28 safety relay

(1) -L -F1 (2) -S1 Start / Stop 3RW30 -Q21 -Q22 A1 -1 Start -A2 N -Q1 96 98 14 95 ON OVERLOAD / FAILURE -Q11 -13 -Q22 -Q21 -H1 -H2 Motor Overload Emergency stop

(1)(3) -Q1 -Q21 -Q22 L1 L2 L3 -Q11 3RW30 T1 T2 T3 U1 V1 W1 -M1 M

Figure 15-24 Wiring of the 3RW30 control and main circuits

(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW30 emergency stop and 3TK2823 safety relay - 4

WARNING

(2) Automatic restart. Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

- If the 3TK28 is reset

Faults caused by incorrect control voltage, a missing load, or a phase failure (refer to chapter 3RW30: LEDs and troubleshooting [Page 44]) are automatically reset when the system returns to normal.

An automatic restart is initiated and the 3RW restarted if a start command is present at the input.

If you do not want the motor to start automatically, you must integrate suitable additional components, e.g. phase failure or load monitoring devices, into the control and main circuits.

(3) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]

15.9.2 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4 emergency stop and 3TK2823 safety relay

L+ (24 V DC) S4 Emergency stop A1 Y11 Y12 13 23 Y33 (2) On (3TK RESET) -Q21 -Q22 3TK2823-1CB30 Y3424 14A2Y22Y21 -Q21 -Q22 M

Figure 15-25 Wiring of the emergency stop control circuit and the 3TK28 safety relay

15.9 Emergency stop

(1) L -F1 -S2 RESET >1.5 s (2) -S1 Start / stop 3RW30 -Q21 -Q22 A1 -1 Start N -A2 A1 -1 Q11 96 98 14 24 -95 13 ON / RUN BYPASSED 23 OVERLOAD / FAILURE -H1 -Fault No control voltage 3RW40 -Emergency stop -H2

(1)(3) -Q1 -Q21 -Q22 L1 L2 L3 -Q11 3RW40 T1 T2 T3 U1 V1 W1 -M1 M

Figure 15-26 Wiring of the 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4 control circuit and the 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 7 main circuit

(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Emergency stop - 3

WARNING

(2) Automatic restart.

Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

The start command (e.g. issued by the PLC or switch S1) must be reset prior to issuing a RESET command because the motor attempts to restart again automatically following this RESET command (3TK or 3RW) if a start command is still present. This particularly applies if the motor protection has tripped. For safety reasons, you are advised to integrate the group fault output (terminals 95 and 96) in the controller.

(3) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]

For the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation, refer to typical circuit for the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation [Page 167].

NOTICE

If the soft stop function is set (ramp-down time potentiometer set to >0 s) and the emergency stop circuit is tripped, a "Missing load voltage, phase failure / missing load" fault may be indicated on the soft starter. In this case, the soft starter must be reset according to the selected RESET MODE.

15.9.3 3RW40 5 to 3RW40 7 emergency stop and 3TK2823 safety relay

L+ (24 V DC) -S4 Emergency stop S3 (2) On (3TK RESET) -Q21 -Q22 Y3323 13Y12Y11A1 3TK2823-1CB30 Y21 Y22 A2 14 24 Y34 -Q22-Q21 M

Figure 15-27 Wiring of the emergency stop control circuit and the 3TK28 safety relay

L (1) -F1 -S2 3RW RESET 0.2 to 4 s 96 98 14 24 -Q11 95 OVERLOAD / FAILURE 13 ON / RUN BYPASSED 23 (2) -S1 Start / Stop 3RW44 -Q21 - Q22 -Q21 - Q22 Start -E1 A1 1 2 3 H1 -E2 A2 3RU1900-2A (remote RESET) N Fault 3RW44 Emergency stop

(1)(3) -Q1 -Q21 -Q22 -L1 L2 L3 -Q11 3RW40 -T1 T2 T3 -U1 V1 W1 -M1 M

Figure 15-28
Wiring of the 3RW40 5 to 3RW40 7 control circuit and the 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 7 main circuit

(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW40 5 to 3RW40 7 emergency stop and 3TK2823 safety relay - 4

WARNING

(2) Automatic restart.

Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

The start command (e.g. issued by the PLC or switch S1) must be reset prior to issuing a RESET command because the motor attempts to restart again automatically following this RESET command (3TK or 3RW) if a start command is still present. This particularly applies if the motor protection has tripped. For safety reasons, you are advised to integrate the group fault output (terminals 95 and 96) in the controller.

(3) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]

For the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation, refer to typical circuit for the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation [Page 167].

NOTICE

If the soft stop function is set (ramp-down time potentiometer set to >0 s) and the emergency stop circuit is tripped, a "Missing load voltage, phase failure / missing load" fault may be indicated on the soft starter. In this case, the soft starter must be reset according to the selected RESET MODE.

15.10 3RW and contactor for emergency starting

15.10.1 3RW30 and contactor for emergency starting

(1) L -F1 -95 Selector switch Soft start -96 98 -S1 -Q11 14 13 Z Start / stop (Direct starting) A1 1 -Q11 A2 Start -N -H1 -A1 -U A2 Q21 Direct starter contactor

(1) -Q1 L1 L2 L3 -Q11 L3 3RW30 T1 T2 T3 -W1V1U1 -M1 M -Q21

Figure 15-29 Wiring of the 3RW30 control and main circuits

(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW30 and contactor for emergency starting - 3

WARNING

(2) Automatic restart. Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

Faults caused by incorrect control voltage, a missing load, or a phase failure (refer to Troubleshooting chapter) are automatically reset when the system returns to normal. An automatic restart is initiated and the 3RW restarted if a start command is present at the input. If you do not want the motor to start automatically, you must integrate suitable additional components, e.g. phase failure or load monitoring devices, into the control and main circuits

(3) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]

15.10.2 3RW40 and contactor for emergency starting

L (1) - S2 RESET 1.5 s -S1 Start -A1 -Q11 A2 N 96 98 14 95 OVERLOAD/ FAILURE ON / RUN BYPASSED 24 23 - H1 -H3-H2 Fault - F1 95 96 98 Selector switch Soft start Start / stop (Direct starting) -A1 -U -A2 - Q21

(1) -Q1 >> >> >> -Q11 3RW40 L1 L2 L3 T1 T2 T3 -U1 V1 W1 -M1 M -Q21

Figure 15-30 Wiring of the 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4 control circuit and the 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 7 main circuit
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW40 and contactor for emergency starting - 3

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Start"] --> B["E1"]
    A --> C["A1"]
    A --> D["A2"]
    E["S1"] --> F["-Q11"]
    F --> G["E2"]
    H["S2"] --> I["RESET 0.2 to 4 s"]
    I --> J["-Q11"]
    K["Overload / FAILURE"] --> L["-Q11"]
    M["ON / RUN"] --> N["-Q11"]
    O["BYPASSSED"] --> P["-Q11"]
    Q["Start / stop (Direct starting)"] --> R["-Q21"]
    S["Fault"] --> T["-H1"]
    U["Direct starter contactor"] --> V["-Q21"]
    W["Selector switch Soft start"] --> X["-F1"]
    X --> Y["95"]
    Y --> Z["96"]
    Z --> AA["98"]
    AA --> AB["Direct starting"]

Figure 15-31 Wiring of the 3RW40 5 to 3RW40 7 control circuit

(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW40 and contactor for emergency starting - 4

WARNING

(2) Automatic restart.

Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

The start command (e.g. issued by the PLC or switch S1) must be reset prior to issuing a RESET command because the motor attempts to restart again automatically following this RESET command if a start command is still present. This particularly applies if the motor protection has tripped. For safety reasons, you are advised to integrate the group fault output (terminals 95 and 96) in the controller.

(3) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]

For the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation, refer to Typical circuit for the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation [Page 167].

15.11 Dahlander / multispeed motor

15.11.1 3RW30 and Dahlander motor starting

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW30 and Dahlander motor starting - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Start"] --> B["A1 -Q11 A2"]
    B --> C["Fault"]
    C --> D["Main contactor, low speed"]
    D --> E["Auxiliary contactor for switchover delay (response delay 500 ms)"]
    E --> F["Main contactor, high speed"]
    F --> G["Star contactor, high speed"]

    H["Motor stop"] --> I["S1 -S4"]
    I --> J["Main contactor, high speed"]
    J --> K["Main contactor, high speed"]

    L["For motor overload protection, set rated current for high speed"] --> M["On"]
    N["For motor overload protection, set rated current for low speed"] --> O["K1 -Q21"]
    P["For motor overload protection, set rated current for high speed"] --> Q["L1 -Q11 3RW30 T1 T2 T3"]
    R["For motor overload protection, set rated current for low speed"] --> S["W1V1U1 M W2V2U2"]

Figure 15-32 Wiring of the 3RW30 control and main circuits

(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - 3RW30 and Dahlander motor starting - 2

WARNING

(2) Automatic restart. Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

Faults caused by incorrect control voltage, a missing load, or a phase failure (refer to chapter 3RW30: LEDs and troubleshooting [Page 44]) are automatically reset when the system returns to normal. An automatic restart is initiated and the 3RW restarted if a start command is present at the input.

If you do not want the motor to start automatically, you must integrate suitable additional components, e.g. phase failure or load monitoring devices, into the control and main circuits.

(3) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]

15.11.2 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4 and Dahlander motor starting
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - WARNING - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Start"] --> B["A1 -Q11 A2"]
    B --> C["Fault"]
    C --> D["Main contactor, low speed"]
    D --> E["Auxiliary contactor for switchover delay (response delay 500 ms)"]
    E --> F["Main contactor, high speed"]
    F --> G["Star contactor, high speed"]

    H["S2 RESET >1.5 s"] --> I["-Q31 Q21"]
    I --> J["-Q11 95"]
    J --> K["ON / RUN ON / RUN BY PASSED 24"]
    K --> L["-S4 Motor stop"]
    L --> M["-S1 Start Low speed"]
    M --> N["-Q21"]
    N --> O["-K1"]
    O --> P["-Q32"]
    P --> Q["-Q31"]
    Q --> R["A1 -Q21 A2"]
    R --> S["K1"]
    S --> T["-Q31"]
    T --> U["A1 -Q32"]
    U --> V["-Q32"]

    W["For motor overload protection, set rated current for high speed"] --> X["For motor overload protection, set rated current for low speed"]
    Y["For motor overload protection, set rated current for high speed"] --> Z["For motor overload protection, set rated current for low speed"]

Figure 15-33 Wiring of the 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 4 control circuit and the 3RW40 2 to 3RW40 7 main circuit

(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - WARNING - 2

WARNING

(2) Automatic restart.

Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

The start command (e.g. issued by the PLC or switch S1) must be reset prior to issuing a RESET command because the motor attempts to restart again automatically following this RESET command if a start command is still present. This particularly applies if the motor protection has tripped. For safety reasons, you are advised to integrate the group fault output (terminals 95 and 96) in the controller.

(3) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121]

For the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation, refer to typical circuit for the optional thermistor motor protection evaluation [Page 167].

NOTICE

No soft stop possible. Set the ramp-down time to 0 s with the potentiometer.

15.11.3 3RW40 5 to 3RW40 7 and Dahlander motor starting
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - NOTICE - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["3RU1900-2A (remote RESET)"] --> B["(-Q11 E1, -Q21 A1, -Q31 Start, -Q12 Start Low speed"]
    B --> C["(-Q11 Q21, -Q31 Start, -Q21 High speed)"]
    C --> D["(-Q11 F1, -Q21 K1, -Q31 Start High speed)"]
    D --> E["(-Q11 ON / RUN, BYPASSED, -S4 Motor stop)"]
    E --> F["(-Q21 Start Low speed, -S1 Motor stop)"]
    F --> G["(-Q21 Start High speed, -S2 Motor stop)"]
    G --> H["(-Q21 Start Low speed, -K1 Motor stop)"]
    H --> I["(-Q21 Start High speed, -Q32 Motor stop)"]
    I --> J["(-Q21 Start Low speed, -K1 Motor stop)"]
    J --> K["(-Q21 Start High speed, -Q32 Motor stop)"]
    K --> L["(-Q21 Start Low speed, -K1 Motor stop)"]
    L --> M["(-Q21 Start High speed, -Q32 Motor stop)"]
    M --> N["(-Q21 Start Low speed, -K1 Motor stop)"]
    N --> O["(-Q21 Start High speed, -Q32 Motor stop)"]
    O --> P["(-Q21 Start Low speed, -K1 Motor stop)"]
    P --> Q["(-Q21 Start High speed, -Q32 Motor stop)"]
    Q --> R["(-Q21 Start Low speed, -K1 Motor stop)"]
    R --> S["(-Q21 Start High speed, -Q32 Motor stop)"]
    S --> T["(-Q21 Start Low speed, -K1 Motor stop)"]
    T --> U["(-Q21 Start High speed, -Q32 Motor stop)"]
    U --> V["(-Q21 Start Low speed, -K1 Motor stop)"]
    V --> W["(-Q21 Start High speed, -Q32 Motor stop)"]
    W --> X["(-Q21 Start Low speed, -K1 Motor stop)"]
    X --> Y["(-Q21 Start High speed, -Q32 Motor stop)"]
    Y --> Z["(-Q21 Start Low speed, -K1 Motor stop"]

Figure 15-34 Wiring of the 3RW40 5 to 3RW40 7 control circuit

15.11 Dahlander / multispeed motor

(1)(3) - Q1 L1 L2 L3 For motor overload protection, set rated current for high speed -Q11 3RW40 T1 T2 T3 - Q31-Q21 For motor overload protection, set rated current for low speed -F2 (z.B. 3RB) -U1 V1 W1 -M1 M -Q32 U2 V2 W2

Figure 15-35 Wiring of the 3RW40 5 to 3RW40 7 main circuit

(1) For the permissible values for the main and control voltage (dependent on the MLFB), refer to chapter Technical data [Page 121].

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Dahlander / multispeed motor - 2

WARNING

(2) Automatic restart.

Can result in death, serious injury, or property damage.

The start command (e.g. issued by the PLC or switch S1) must be reset prior to issuing a RESET command because the motor attempts to restart again automatically following this RESET command if a start command is still present. This particularly applies if the motor protection has tripped. For safety reasons, you are advised to integrate the group fault output (terminals 95 and 96) in the controller.

(3) Alternatively, the motor feeder can be assembled as a fuseless or fused version with type of coordination 1 or 2. For the assignment of fuses and switching devices, refer to chapter technical data [Page 121]

NOTICE

No soft stop possible. Set the ramp-down time to 0 s with the potentiometer.

16.1 Box terminal blocks for soft starters

For soft starter type Size Version Order No.
Box terminal blocks for soft starters for round and ribbon cables
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Box terminal blocks for soft starters - 13RW40 5. S6Max. 70 mm ^2 3RT19 55-4G
Max. 120 mm ^2 3RT19 56-4G
3RW40 7. S12Max. 240 mm ^2 3RT19 66-4G

16.2 Auxiliary conductor terminals

For soft starter type Size Order No.
Auxiliary conductor terminals, 3-pole
3RW30 4.S3 3RT19 46-4F
3RW40 4.

16.3 Covers for soft starters

For soft starter type Size Order No.
Terminal covers for box terminals
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Covers for soft starters - 1Additional touch protection to be fitted at the box terminals (2 units required per device)
3RW30 3.S2 3RT19 36-4EA2
3RW40 3.
3RW30 4.S3 3RT19 46-4EA2
3RW40 4.
3RW40 5. S6 3RT19 56-4EA2
3RW40 7. S12 3RT19 66-4EA2
Terminal covers for cable lug and busbar connections
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Covers for soft starters - 2For complying with the phase clearances and as touch protection if box terminal is removed (2 units required per contactor)
3RW30 4.S3 3RT19 46-4EA1
3RW40 4.
3RW40 5. S6 3RT19 56-4EA1
3RW40 7. S12 3RT19 66-4EA1

16.4 Modules for RESET

For soft starter type Size Order No.
Sealing covers
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Modules for RESET - 13RW40 2 to 3RW40 4. S0, S2, S3 3RW49 00-0PB10
3RW40 5. andS63RW49 00-0PB00
3RW40 7S12

16.4 Modules for RESET

For soft starter type Size Version Order No.
Modules for remote RESET, electrical
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Modules for RESET - 1Operating range 0.85 to 1.1 x Us,Power consumption AC 80 VA, DC 70 W,ON time 0.2 s to 4 s,Switching frequency 60/h
3RW40 5. and3RW40 7.S6,S12• AC/DC 24 V ... 30 V 3RU19 00-2AB71
• AC/DC 110 V ... 127 V3RU19 00-2AF71
• AC/DC 220 V ... 250 V3RU19 00-2AM71
Mechanical RESET, comprising
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Modules for RESET - 23RW40 5. and3RW40 7.S6,S12• Resetting plunger, holder, and former3RU19 00-1A
• Suitable pushbutton IP65, 22 mm diameter,12 mm stroke3SB30 00-0EA11
• Extension plunger3SX13 35

SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Modules for RESET - 3

natural_image Electrical contactor device with coiled cable and terminal ports (no visible text or symbols)

Note

Remote RESET is already integrated in the 3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4. soft starters.

For soft starter type SizeMotor starter protector sizeOrder No.
Link modules to 3RV10 motor starter protectors
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Link modules to 3RV10 motor starter protectors - 13RW30 13,3RW30 14,3RW30 16,3RW30 17,3RW30 18S00 S0 3RA19 21-1A
3RW30 26S0 S0 3RA19 21-1A
3RW40 24
3RW40 26
3RW30 36S2 S2 3RA19 31-1A
3RW40 36
3RW30 46,3RW30 47S3 S3 3RA19 41-1A
3RW40 46,3RW40 47
For soft starter type SizeMotor starter protector sizeOrder No.
Link modules to 3RV20 motor starter protectors1)
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Link modules to 3RV20 motor starter protectors - 1With screw terminals
3RW30 1. S00 S00 3RA29 21-1BA00
3RW30 2. S0 S0 3RA29 21-1BA00
3RW40 2. S0 S0 3RA29 21-1BA00
With spring-loaded terminals
3RW30 1. S00 S00 3RA29 11-2GA00
3RW30 2. S0 S0 3RA29 21-2GA00
3RW40 2 S0 S0 3RA29 21-2GA00

1) Size S0 can be used up to 32 A.

16.7 Optional fan to increase the switching frequency (3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4.).

16.7 Optional fan to increase the switching frequency (3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4.).

For soft starter type Size Order No.
Fan (to increase the switching frequency and for device mounting in positions different from the normal position)
3RW40 2. S0 3RW49 28-8VB00
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Optional fan to increase the switching frequency (3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4.). - 13RW40 3.,S2,3RW49 47-8VB00
3RW40 4S3
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Optional fan to increase the switching frequency (3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4.). - 2

16.8 Spare parts for fans (3RW40 5., 3RW40 7.)

For soft starter type SizeVersionRated control supply voltage UsOrder No.
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - Spare parts for fans (3RW40 5., 3RW40 7.) - 13RW40 5.-BB3. S6 115 V AC 3RW49 36-8VX30
3RW40 5.-BB4. S6 230 V AC 3RW49 36-8VX40
3RW40 7.-BB3. S12115 V AC 3RW47 36-8VX30
3RW40 7.-BB4. S12230 V AC 3RW47 36-8VX40

16.9 Operating instructions

For soft starter typeSizeOrder No.
Operating instructions for soft starters
3RW30 1. to 3RW30 4.S00 to S33ZX10 12-0RW30-2DA1
3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4.S0 to S33ZX10 12-0RW40-1AA1
3RW40 5., 3RW40 7.S6 , S123ZX10 12-0RW40-2DA1

Note

The operating instructions are included in the scope of supply.

A.1 Configuration data

Configuration data

Siemens AG

Technical Support Low-Voltage Control Systems

Phone: +49 (0) 911-895-5900

Fax: +49 (0) 911-895-5907

e-mail: technical-assistance@siemens.com

  1. Motor data

Siemens motor?

Rated output: kW

Rated voltage: V

Mains frequency: Hz

Rated current: A

Starting current: A

Rated speed: rpm

Rated torque: Nm

Breakdown torque: Nm

Mass moment of inertia: kg*m2

Speed / torque characteristic curve

(The speed increments of the value pairs do not have to be equal)

n_M 1/m "nsyn"
M_M/M_B

Speed / current characteristic curve

(The speed increments of the value pairs do not have to be equal)

n_M 1/m" n_syn "
I_M/I_B

A.1 Configuration data

1. Load data

Load type (e.g. pump, mill etc.):

Rated speed: rpm

Rated torque or rated output Nm or kW

Mass moment of inertia (load-specific)

Mass moment of inertia (motor-specific)

kg*m²

kg*m²

Speed / torque characteristic curve

(The speed increments of the value pairs do not have to be equal)

n_L 1/m "nsyn"
M_L/M_B

1. Start conditions

Starting frequency Starts

Switching

Rampup time

cycles:

Operating time

Idle time

Ramp-down time

Ambient temperature °C

Yes Value

Starting current limitation? ......

Acceleration torque limitation?

Maximum ramp-up time?

1. Personal details

Last name, first name:

Company:

Department:

Street:

Zip code, town/city:

Country:

Phone:

Fax:

e-mail:

A.2 Table of parameters used

You can document your parameter settings in the table below.

3RW40 parameters
X
X
Manual (off)
CLASS value SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 110
CLASSSIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 2SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 3SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 4SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 5
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 6SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 7SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 8SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 9SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 10
x1
t ramp-down sSIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 11SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 12SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 13SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 14
e
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 15SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 16SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 17SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 18SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 19
SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 20SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 21SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 22SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 23[BY73]
Parameters 3RW30 or 3RW40t ramp-up sSIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 24SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 25SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 26SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 27SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 28SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 29SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 30SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 31
U starting %[SDZT]SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 32SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 33
Plant Identifier3RW4038-1TB043RW4038-1TB04SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 34SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 35SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 36SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 37SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 38SIEMENS 3RW4027-1BB15 - A.2 Table of parameters used - 39

A.3 Correction sheet

A.3 Correction sheet

TO FROM (please

complete):

SIEMENS AG Name

A&D CD MM3

92220 Amberg / Germany

Company / Department

Address

Phone

Fax: 0 96 21 / 80-33 37 Fax

System Manual for SIRIUS 3RW30 / 3RW40 soft starters

Have you noticed any errors while reading this manual?

If so, please use this form to tell us about them.

We welcome comments and suggestions for improvement.

Index

Numerics

3RW44 15, 28, 95

3RW44 soft starter 15, 28, 95

A

Accessories 199

Ambient temperature 80

Application examples 76

Heavy-duty starting 78

Normal starting 77

Applications 22

For current limiting 30

Soft stop 32

Assembly type 81, 84

ATEX 33, 134

B

Bypass contacts 96, 104, 109

Bypass mode 19

BYPASSED function 42

C

Capacitors 62

CLASS 10 76, 77, 107

CLASS 15 107

CLASS 20 78, 107

CLASS potentiometer 106

CLASS setting 33, 34, 106

Commissioning 92, 99

Configuration 73

Configurator 86

Contact 57

Current limiting 24, 27, 29, 30, 103, 104

Current limiting value 29, 104

D

Degree of protection 56

Device combinations 25

Diagnostics 44, 47, 97, 118

Direct mounting 56

Disconnector 57

Documentation of parameters 205

Documentation of settings 205

F

Fan 53

Fault signals 37, 39, 45, 47, 60, 97, 118

Five safety rules for electricians 13, 58

Full motor protection 33

H

Heavy-duty starting 62, 78

Ambient temperature 78

General conditions and constraints 78

Installation altitude 78

ON time 78

Parameter settings 78

|

le potentiometer 106

Increased safety 33, 134

Installation altitude 80

CLASS 10 77

CLASS 20 78

Normal starting 77

Intrinsic device protection 35

M

Maximum ramp-up time 77, 78

Method of operation

Soft starters 19

Two-phase control 20

Motor current settings 107

Motor overload protection 33

Motor protection function 32

Motor ramp-up detection 104

Motor ramp-up time 95

Mounting position 81, 84.

Horizontal 53

Vertical 53, 80

N

Natural stop 31

Normal starting 73, 77, 122, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144

Ambient temperature 77

General conditions and constraints 77

Installation altitude 77

ON time 77

Parameter settings 77

0

ON function 42, 109

ON time 79

Heavy-duty starting 78

Normal starting 77

Online configurator 86

Output contact 96, 109

Overload protection 34

P

Phase angle control 20

Polarity balancing 20, 21

PROFIBUS 15

Protection against voltage failure 35

PTC thermistors 35

Pump stop 31

R

Ramp time 27, 94, 95, 102

Ramp-down time 31, 105

Ramp-up 104

Ramp-up detection 28, 30, 76

Ramp-up time 95

3RW30 95

3RW40 102

ramp-up time

Maximum 77, 78

Rated data

Reduction 80

Rated operational current 106

Recovery time

Intrinsic device protection 35

Motor overload protection 34

Thermistor motor protection 35

Reduced starting current 17

RESET MODE 115

RUN function 42, 109

s

Safety rules 13, 58

Screw-type technology 65

Selection criteria 22

Semiconductor fuses 36

Side-by-side assembly 55

SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starter 15, 28, 95

SIRIUS modular system 25

SITOR 36

SITOR semiconductor fuses 36

Soft start 19, 94, 101

Soft stop 19, 105

Spring-loaded technology 65

Standalone assembly 55

Start 19

Start modes 73

Starting current 16

Starting current asymmetry 29, 104

Starting torque 16, 27

Starting voltage 27

Startup class 76

Stop 19

Stop modes 30

Stop without load 31, 105

Stopping torque 31

Switching frequency 79, 85

T

t potentiometer 102, 105

Technical Assistance 12

Temperature sensor 35

Thermistor motor protection 33, 35, 108, 134, 167

Thermoclick sensors 35

Three-phase induction motor 15, 18

Thyristor 19, 20

Thyristor protection 36

Trip class 33, 34, 106

Troubleshooting 44, 47, 97, 118

Two-phase control 20

Two-phase soft starters 20

Type of coordination 36, 59, 60, 61, 62, 128

1 128, 155

2 128, 155

U

Ultra-heavy-duty starting 15

v

Voltage ramp 27, 29, 94, 101, 102

W

Water hammer 31

Win-Soft Starter 86

Win-Soft Starter software 86

X

xle potentiometer 104

Service & Support

Download catalogs and information material: www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/catalogs

Newsletter – always up to date: www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/newsletter

E-business in the Industry Mall: www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/mall

Online-Support: www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support

Contact for all technical information:
Technical Assistance
Tel.: +49 (911) 895-5900
e-mail: technical-assistance@siemens.com
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/technical-assistance

Siemens AG

Industry Sector

Postfach 48 48

90026 NÜRNBERG

GERMANY

Subject to change without prior notice

Order No.: 3ZX1012-0RW30-1AC1

© Siemens AG 2010

Table of contents Click a title to access it
Manual assistant
Powered by Anthropic
Waiting for your message
Product information

Brand : SIEMENS

Model : 3RW4027-1BB15

Category : Uncategorized